TW202414090A - Actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device - Google Patents

Actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202414090A
TW202414090A TW112128172A TW112128172A TW202414090A TW 202414090 A TW202414090 A TW 202414090A TW 112128172 A TW112128172 A TW 112128172A TW 112128172 A TW112128172 A TW 112128172A TW 202414090 A TW202414090 A TW 202414090A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
radiation
acid
general formula
sensitive
Prior art date
Application number
TW112128172A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
山口修平
高橋孝太郎
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202414090A publication Critical patent/TW202414090A/en

Links

Abstract

本發明透過一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、使用上述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的感光化射線性或感放射線性膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件之製造方法,提供一種疏密依存性、LWR性能及缺陷抑制性能優異的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、使用上述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的感光化射線性或感放射線性膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件之製造方法,其中,所述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物含有包含藉由酸的作用分解而極性增大之基團的樹脂(A)和鹽(B),所述樹脂(A)包含特定結構的重複單元和具有極性基的重複單元,所述鹽(B)係具有特定結構的化合物。The present invention provides an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having excellent density dependence, LWR performance and defect suppression performance, an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition using the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device. An actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of a resin composition, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, wherein the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains a resin (A) containing a group whose polarity increases due to decomposition by an acid, and a salt (B), wherein the resin (A) contains a repeating unit of a specific structure and a repeating unit having a polar group, and the salt (B) is a compound having a specific structure.

Description

感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、感光化射線性或感放射線性膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件之製造方法Actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device

本發明涉及感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、感光化射線性或感放射線性膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件之製造方法。更具體而言,本發明涉及可適用於超LSI(Large Scale Integration、大型積體電路)及高容量微晶片之製造製程、奈米壓印用模具製作製程及高密度資訊記錄媒體之製造製程等的超微影製程、以及可較佳地用於其他感光蝕刻加工製程的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、感光化射線性或感放射線性膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件之製造方法。The present invention relates to an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device. More specifically, the present invention relates to an ultra-microphotographic process applicable to a manufacturing process of ultra-LSI (Large Scale Integration, large integrated circuit) and high-capacity microchips, a mold manufacturing process for nanoimprinting, and a manufacturing process of high-density information recording media, and an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device that can be preferably used in other photosensitive etching processes.

以往,在IC(Integrated Circuit,積體電路)、LSI(Large Scale Integration,大型積體電路)等半導體器件之製造製程中,藉由使用光阻組成物之微影術進行微細加工。近年來,隨著積體電路之高積體化,要求形成次微米區域或四分之一微米區域的超微細圖案。伴隨於此,曝光波長亦從g射線向i射線、進而向KrF準分子雷射光等,呈現短波長化之趨勢,目前已開發出以波長為193nm的ArF準分子雷射作為光源的曝光機。又,作為進一步提高解析力之技術,正在開發在投影透鏡與試樣之間充滿高折射率之液體(以下亦稱為「浸漬液」)的所謂液浸法。In the past, micro-processing was performed by lithography using photoresist compositions in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as IC (Integrated Circuit) and LSI (Large Scale Integration). In recent years, with the high integration of integrated circuits, there is a demand to form ultra-fine patterns in sub-micrometer areas or quarter-micrometer areas. Along with this, the exposure wavelength has also shown a trend of shortening from g-rays to i-rays and then to KrF excimer lasers, and an exposure machine with a wavelength of 193nm as the light source has been developed. In addition, as a technology to further improve resolution, the so-called liquid immersion method is being developed in which a high-refractive-index liquid (hereinafter also referred to as "immersion liquid") is filled between the projection lens and the sample.

又,現在除了準分子雷射光之外,亦在開發使用電子束(EB)、X射線及極紫外線(EUV)等的微影術。伴隨於此,已開發出有效地感應各種光化射線或放射線的光阻組成物。In addition to excimer lasers, lithography using electron beams (EB), X-rays, and extreme ultraviolet (EUV) is also being developed. Along with this, photoresist compositions that effectively respond to various actinic rays or radiation have been developed.

例如,專利文獻1及2中記載有含有具有複數個酚性羥基的芳香族二羧酸鹽的光阻組成物。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] For example, Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe photoresist compositions containing aromatic dicarboxylic acid salts having multiple phenolic hydroxyl groups. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Document]

專利文獻1:日本特開2020-91404號公報 專利文獻2:日本特開2022-66864號公報 Patent document 1: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-91404 Patent document 2: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2022-66864

[發明所欲解決之課題][The problem that the invention wants to solve]

然而,專利文獻1及2中所記載的光阻組成物存在疏密依存性和線寬粗糙度(Line Width Roughness:LWR)性能以及缺陷抑制性能差的問題。 所謂疏密依存性係指形成某種圖案(例如,線寬50nm的1:1線與空間圖案)時,在形成該圖案的區域周圍的曝光量較小的情況(稀疏的情況)下的感度D與在形成該圖案的區域周圍的曝光量較多的情況(緻密的情況)下的感度B之間產生差異的性質。所謂疏密依存性差係指作為上述感度的比即D/B大(例如,D/B為1.99以上),所謂疏密依存性優異係指D/B小(例如,D/B小於1.99)。 所謂LWR性能係指能夠減小圖案之LWR的性能。 所謂缺陷抑制性能係指能夠抑制發生缺陷之性能。 However, the photoresist compositions described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 have problems of poor density dependence, line width roughness (LWR) performance, and defect suppression performance. The so-called density dependence refers to the property that when forming a certain pattern (for example, a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50nm), there is a difference between the sensitivity D when the exposure amount around the area where the pattern is formed is small (sparse) and the sensitivity B when the exposure amount around the area where the pattern is formed is large (dense). The so-called poor density dependence means that the ratio of the above sensitivities, namely D/B, is large (for example, D/B is 1.99 or more), and the so-called excellent density dependence means that D/B is small (for example, D/B is less than 1.99). The so-called LWR performance refers to the performance that can reduce the LWR of the pattern. The so-called defect suppression performance refers to the performance that can suppress the occurrence of defects.

本發明之課題在於提供一種疏密依存性、LWR性能及缺陷抑制性能優異的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物。又,本發明之課題在於提供一種使用上述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的感光化射線性或感放射線性膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件之製造方法。 [解決課題之手段] The subject of the present invention is to provide an actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition having excellent density dependence, LWR performance and defect suppression performance. In addition, the subject of the present invention is to provide an actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device using the above-mentioned actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition. [Means for solving the problem]

本發明人等發現藉由以下之構成能夠解決上述課題。 雖然對根據本發明能夠解決上述課題的原因尚不完全清楚,但本發明人等推測是因為樹脂(A)和鹽(B)具有優異的相溶性。 The inventors of the present invention have found that the above-mentioned problem can be solved by the following structure. Although the reason why the above-mentioned problem can be solved according to the present invention is not completely clear, the inventors of the present invention speculate that it is because the resin (A) and the salt (B) have excellent compatibility.

[1] 一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其含有包含藉由酸的作用分解而極性增大之基團的樹脂(A)和鹽(B), 上述樹脂(A)包含選自由下述通式(S1)表示的重複單元及由下述通式(S2)表示的重複單元所組成之群組中的至少一種重複單元和具有極性基的重複單元, 上述鹽(B)係由下述通式(T1)表示的化合物。 [1] A photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin (A) containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by an acid and a salt (B), the resin (A) containing at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (S1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (S2) and a repeating unit having a polar group, and the salt (B) is a compound represented by the following general formula (T1).

[化學式1] [Chemical formula 1]

通式(S1)中,Ra 1~Ra 3分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。 La 1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 Ra 4~Ra 6分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、芳烷基或烯基。Ra 4~Ra 6中的兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 Ra 0表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、烷氧基、醯氧基、烷氧基羰基、鹵素原子或氰基。當存在複數個Ra 0時,複數個Ra 0可以相同,亦可以不同。 Ra 1~Ra 3、La 1及Ra 0中的兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 na表示0~4的整數。ma表示0~2的整數。 通式(S2)中,Ra 7~Ra 9分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。 La 2表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 Ara表示芳香環基。 Ra 10~Ra 12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、芳烷基、烷氧基、環烷氧基或烯基。 Ra 10~Ra 12中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 Ra 9~Ra 12中的至少一個可以與Ara鍵結。 In the general formula (S1), Ra 1 to Ra 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. La 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. Two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Ra 0 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom or a cyano group. When there are a plurality of Ra 0 , the plurality of Ra 0 may be the same or different. Two of Ra 1 to Ra 3 , La 1 and Ra 0 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. na represents an integer from 0 to 4. ma represents an integer from 0 to 2. In the general formula (S2), Ra 7 to Ra 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. La 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Ara represents an aromatic cyclic group. Ra 10 to Ra 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group or an alkenyl group. At least two of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. At least one of Ra 9 to Ra 12 may be bonded to Ara.

[化學式2] [Chemical formula 2]

通式(T1)中,Arb表示芳香環。上述芳香環可以具有取代基。 Q表示酸的殘基。 通式(T1)中的陰離子係pKa為-1~9的酸的共軛鹼。 Rb 1表示-OH、-ORb 2、-NRb 3Rb 4、-SH或-SRb 5,複數個Rb 1可以相同,亦可以不同。 Rb 2表示烷基、芳基或醯基。 Rb 3及Rb 4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或醯基。 Rb 5表示烷基、芳基或醯基。 Rb 2~Rb 5中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。當Arb具有取代基時,上述取代基和Rb 2~Rb 5中的至少一個可以鍵結而形成環。 Lb 1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。Lb 1可以以取代包含於Rb 1中的氫原子的形式與Rb 1鍵結而形成環。Lb 1可以與Rb 2~Rb 5中的至少一個鍵結而形成環。當Arb具有取代基時,上述取代基可以與Lb 1鍵結而形成環。 p表示2~5的整數。 G m+表示m價的有機陽離子。m表示1以上的整數。 [2] 如[1]所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,具有上述極性基的重複單元為由下述通式(S3)表示的重複單元。 In the general formula (T1), Arb represents an aromatic ring. The aromatic ring may have a substituent. Q represents an acid residue. The anion in the general formula (T1) is a conjugated base of an acid having a pKa of -1 to 9. Rb 1 represents -OH, -ORb 2 , -NRb 3 Rb 4 , -SH or -SRb 5 , and multiple Rb 1s may be the same or different. Rb 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. Rb 3 and Rb 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. Rb 5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. At least two of Rb 2 to Rb 5 may bond to each other to form a ring. When Arb has a substituent, the substituent and at least one of Rb 2 to Rb 5 may bond to form a ring. Lb1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Lb1 may form a ring by bonding to Rb1 in the form of replacing a hydrogen atom contained in Rb1 . Lb1 may form a ring by bonding to at least one of Rb2 to Rb5 . When Arb has a substituent, the substituent may form a ring by bonding to Lb1 . p represents an integer of 2 to 5. Gm+ represents an m-valent organic cation. m represents an integer greater than 1. [2] The photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [1], wherein the repeating unit having the above-mentioned polar group is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (S3).

[化學式3] [Chemical formula 3]

通式(S3)中,R 101、R 102及R 103分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。R 102可以與Ar A鍵結而形成環,在這種情況下之R 102表示單鍵或伸烷基。 L A表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 Ar A表示芳香環基。 k表示1~5的整數。 [3] 如[1]或[2]所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述通式(T1)中的陰離子係pKa為0~7的酸的共軛鹼。 [4] 如[1]至[3]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述通式(T1)中的Rb 1中的至少一個為-OH。 [5] 如[1]至[4]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述通式(T1)中的Q為羧酸根陰離子基。 [6] 如[1]至[5]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其進一步含有藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而產生酸的鹽(C),上述鹽(C)為與上述鹽(B)相異之化合物,具有藉由酸的作用分解的基團。 [7] 如[6]所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述鹽(C)為由下述通式(U1)表示的化合物。 In the general formula (S3), R101 , R102 and R103 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R102 may bond with ArA to form a ring, in which case R102 represents a single bond or an alkylene group. LA represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. ArA represents an aromatic cyclic group. k represents an integer from 1 to 5. [3] The photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [1] or [2], wherein the anion in the general formula (T1) is a conjugated base of an acid having a pKa of 0 to 7. [4] The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [3], wherein at least one of the Rb1 in the general formula (T1) is -OH. [5] The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [4], wherein Q in the general formula (T1) is a carboxylate anion. [6] The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [5], further comprising a salt (C) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic or radiation, wherein the salt (C) is a compound different from the salt (B) and has a group that decomposes upon the action of an acid. [7] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [6], wherein the salt (C) is a compound represented by the following general formula (U1).

[化學式4] [Chemical formula 4]

通式(U1)中,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基。當存在複數個L時,複數個L可以相同,亦可以不同。 A表示藉由酸的作用分解的基團。當存在複數個A時,複數個A可以相同,亦可以不同。 n表示1~5的整數。 X表示n+1價的連結基。 M +表示鋶離子或碘鎓離子。 [8] 如[6]或[7]所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述鹽(C)為由下述通式(U2)表示的化合物。 In the general formula (U1), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. When there are multiple Ls, the multiple Ls may be the same or different. A represents a group that decomposes by the action of an acid. When there are multiple A's, the multiple A's may be the same or different. n represents an integer from 1 to 5. X represents an n+1 valent linking group. M + represents a coronium ion or an iodonium ion. [8] A photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [6] or [7], wherein the above-mentioned salt (C) is a compound represented by the following general formula (U2).

[化學式5] [Chemical formula 5]

通式(U2)中,L、A、n及M +分別表示與通式(U1)中的L、A、n及M +相同含義。 [9] 一種感光化射線性或感放射線性膜,其使用[1]至[8]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成。 [10] 一種圖案形成方法,其包括如下製程: 使用[1]至[8]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物形成光阻膜之光阻膜形成製程; 對上述光阻膜進行曝光之曝光製程;以及 使用顯影液對曝光後的上述光阻膜進行顯影之顯影製程。 [11] 一種電子器件之製造方法,其包括[10]所述之圖案形成方法。 [發明效果] In the general formula (U2), L, A, n and M + respectively represent the same meanings as L, A, n and M + in the general formula (U1). [9] A photosensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed using the photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in any one of [1] to [8]. [10] A pattern forming method, comprising the following processes: a photoresist film forming process for forming a photoresist film using the photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in any one of [1] to [8]; an exposure process for exposing the above-mentioned photoresist film; and a development process for developing the above-mentioned photoresist film after exposure using a developer. [11] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method described in [10]. [Effect of the invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種疏密依存性、LWR性能及缺陷抑制性能優異的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物。 又,根據本發明,可提供一種使用上述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的感光化射線性或感放射線性膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件之製造方法。 According to the present invention, a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having excellent density dependence, LWR performance and defect suppression performance can be provided. In addition, according to the present invention, a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device using the above-mentioned photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition can be provided.

以下,將對本發明進行詳細說明。 以下所記載的對構成要素之說明,有時係基於本發明之代表性實施態樣而進行,但本發明並不限定於該等實施態樣。 The present invention will be described in detail below. The description of the constituent elements described below is sometimes based on representative implementations of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such implementations.

本說明書中,所謂「光化射線」或「放射線」係意指,例如,以水銀燈之明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X射線、軟X射線及電子束(EB:Electron Beam)等。 本說明書中,所謂「光」,係意指光化射線或放射線。 本說明書中,所謂「曝光」,若無特別指明,不僅包括利用以水銀燈之明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線、X射線、及EUV等進行的曝光,亦包括利用電子束及離子束等粒子束進行的描繪。 本說明書中,所謂「~」係以將其前後記載之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之意來使用。 In this specification, "actinic rays" or "radiation" means, for example, mercury lamp bright line spectrum, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, soft X-rays, and electron beams (EB: Electron Beam). In this specification, "light" means actinic rays or radiation. In this specification, "exposure" includes not only exposure using mercury lamp bright line spectrum, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV, but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. In this manual, "~" is used to mean that the numerical values written before and after it are included as lower and upper limits.

本說明書中,(甲基)丙烯酸酯表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯中之至少一種。又,(甲基)丙烯酸表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸中之至少一種。In the present specification, (meth)acrylate refers to at least one of acrylate and methacrylate. Also, (meth)acrylic acid refers to at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.

本說明書中,樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)、數量平均分子量(Mn)及分散度(亦稱為分子量分佈)(Mw/Mn),係以利用GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography,凝膠滲透色譜)裝置(東曹(Tosoh)株式會社製HLC-8120GPC)藉由GPC測定(溶劑:四氫呋喃,流量(樣品注入量):10μL,管柱:東曹株式會社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M,管柱溫度:40℃,流速:1.0mL/分,檢測器:示差折射率檢測器(Refractive Index Detector))而得到的聚苯乙烯換算值來定義。In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn) and dispersion degree (also called molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are defined as polystyrene conversion values obtained by GPC measurement using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: differential refractive index detector).

關於本說明書中之基團(原子團)的表述,只要不違背本發明之主旨,未記載取代及無取代之表述者,既包括不具有取代基的基團,亦包括含有取代基的基團。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包括不具有取代基的烷基(無取代烷基),亦包括具有取代基的烷基(取代烷基)。又,本說明書中的所謂「有機基」,係指含有至少一個碳原子的基團。 作為取代基,若無特別指明,則較佳為一價的取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出氫原子以外的一價的非金屬原子團,例如,可以從以下取代基T中選擇。 Regarding the description of the groups (atomic groups) in this specification, as long as it does not violate the purpose of the present invention, the description without substitution and unsubstituted includes both groups without substituents and groups with substituents. For example, the so-called "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups). In addition, the so-called "organic group" in this specification refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom. As a substituent, if not specifically specified, it is preferably a monovalent substituent. As an example of a substituent, a monovalent non-metallic atomic group other than a hydrogen atom can be cited, for example, it can be selected from the following substituents T.

(取代基T) 作為取代基T,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子等鹵素原子;甲氧基、乙氧基及第三丁氧基等烷氧基;環烷氧基;苯氧基及對甲苯氧基等芳氧基;甲氧基羰基及丁氧基羰基等烷氧基羰基;環烷氧基羰基;苯氧基羰基等芳氧基羰基;乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基及苯甲醯氧基等醯氧基;乙醯基、苯甲醯基、異丁醯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基及甲基草醯基等醯基;磺醯基;甲基硫烷基及第三丁基硫烷基等烷基硫烷基;苯基硫烷基及對甲苯基硫烷基等芳基硫烷基;烷基;烯基;環烷基;芳基;芳香族雜環基;羥基;羧基;甲醯基;磺基;氰基;烷基胺基羰基;芳基胺基羰基;磺醯胺基;矽烷基;胺基;胺甲醯基等。又,當這些取代基可進一步具有一個以上的取代基時,作為其進一步的取代基具有一個以上選自上述取代基的取代基的基團(例如,單烷基胺基、二烷基胺基、芳基胺基、三氟甲基等)亦包括在取代基T的例子中。 (Substituent T) As the substituent T, there can be cited halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy and tert-butoxy; cycloalkoxy; aryloxy groups such as phenoxy and p-tolyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl and butoxycarbonyl; cycloalkoxycarbonyl; aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl; acyloxy groups such as acetyloxy, propionyloxy and benzyloxy; acetyl, benzyl, isobutyl Acyl, acryl, methacryl and methyloxalyl; sulfonyl; alkylsulfanyl such as methylsulfanyl and tert-butylsulfanyl; arylsulfanyl such as phenylsulfanyl and p-tolylsulfanyl; alkyl; alkenyl; cycloalkyl; aryl; aromatic heterocyclic; hydroxyl; carboxyl; formyl; sulfo; cyano; alkylaminocarbonyl; arylaminocarbonyl; sulfonamido; silyl; amino; aminoformyl, etc. In addition, when these substituents may further have one or more substituents, groups having one or more substituents selected from the above substituents as further substituents (for example, monoalkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, trifluoromethyl, etc.) are also included in the examples of substituent T.

本說明書中,所記載的二價的基團的鍵結方向,若無特別指明,則無特別限制。例如,由「X-Y-Z」所成之式所表示的化合物中,當Y為-COO-時,Y既可以為-CO-O-,亦可以為-O-CO-。上述化合物既可以為「X-CO-O-Z」,亦可以為「X-O-CO-Z」。In this specification, the bonding direction of the divalent groups described is not particularly limited unless otherwise specified. For example, in a compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z", when Y is -COO-, Y can be either -CO-O- or -O-CO-. The above compound can be either "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".

本說明書中,所謂酸解離常數(pKa),係表示水溶液中之pKa,具體而言,係使用下述軟體包1,將基於哈米特取代基常數及公知文獻值之資料庫的值,藉由計算求得的值。本說明書中所記載的pKa值均表示藉由使用此軟體包所計算求得的值。 軟體包1:Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 In this manual, the acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to the pKa in aqueous solution. Specifically, it is a value calculated using the following software package 1 based on the values of the Hammett substituent constant and the database of known literature values. The pKa values described in this manual are all values calculated using this software package. Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).

又,pKa亦可以利用分子軌道計算法求得。作為該具體方法,可舉出藉由基於熱力學循環計算水溶液中的H +解離自由能來算出之方法。關於H +解離自由能之計算方法,例如,可藉由DFT(密度泛函理論)來計算,但並不限於此,亦有其他各種方法報告於文獻等中。此外,可實施DFT的軟體有複數種,例如,可舉出Gaussian16。 In addition, pKa can also be obtained using molecular orbital calculation. As a specific method, a method of calculating by calculating the H + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle can be cited. Regarding the calculation method of H + dissociation free energy, for example, it can be calculated by DFT (density functional theory), but it is not limited to this, and there are also various other methods reported in the literature. In addition, there are many kinds of software that can implement DFT, for example, Gaussian16 can be cited.

本說明書中,所謂pKa,如上所述,係指使用軟體包1將基於哈米特取代基常數及公知文獻值之資料庫的值,藉由計算求得的值,然而在利用該方法無法算出pKa時,採用基於DFT(密度泛函理論)藉由Gaussian16得到的值。 本說明書中,pKa,如上述所示,係指「在水溶液中的pKa」,但是,在不能算出在水溶液中的pKa之情況下,採用「在二甲基亞碸(DMSO)溶液中的pKa」。 In this specification, pKa refers to the value obtained by calculation using software package 1 based on the value of the database of Hammett substituent constant and known literature value as described above. However, when pKa cannot be calculated using this method, the value obtained by Gaussian16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is used. In this specification, pKa refers to "pKa in aqueous solution" as described above. However, when pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" is used.

本說明書中,所謂「固體成分」係意指形成感光化射線性或感放射線性膜之成分,不包含溶劑。又,只要係形成感光化射線性或感放射線性膜之成分,即使其性狀為液體狀,亦視為固體成分。In this specification, the so-called "solid component" means a component that forms an actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive film, and does not include a solvent. In addition, as long as it is a component that forms an actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive film, it is considered a solid component even if it is in a liquid state.

<感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物> 本發明之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物(亦稱為「本發明之組成物」)係含有包含藉由酸的作用分解而極性增大之基團的樹脂(A)和鹽(B)的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,樹脂(A)包含選自由通式(S1)表示的重複單元及由通式(S2)表示的重複單元所組成之群組中的至少一種重複單元和具有極性基的重複單元,鹽(B)係由通式(T1)表示的化合物。 <Acticular or radiation-sensitive resin composition> The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (also referred to as "the composition of the present invention") is an actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin (A) containing a group whose polarity increases by decomposition by the action of an acid and a salt (B), wherein the resin (A) contains at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by the general formula (S1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (S2) and a repeating unit having a polar group, and the salt (B) is a compound represented by the general formula (T1).

本發明之組成物,典型而言為光阻組成物,可以為正型光阻組成物,亦可以為負型光阻組成物。本發明之組成物可以為用於鹼性顯影之光阻組成物,亦可為用於有機溶劑顯影之光阻組成物。 本發明之組成物可以為化學增幅型光阻組成物,亦可以為非化學增幅型光阻組成物。本發明之組成物,典型而言,為化學增幅型光阻組成物。 使用本發明之組成物能夠形成感光化射線性或感放射線性膜。使用本發明之組成物所形成的感光化射線性或感放射線性膜,典型而言為光阻膜。 以下,首先對本發明之組成物的各種成分進行詳細描述。 The composition of the present invention is typically a photoresist composition, which can be a positive photoresist composition or a negative photoresist composition. The composition of the present invention can be a photoresist composition for alkaline development or a photoresist composition for organic solvent development. The composition of the present invention can be a chemically amplified photoresist composition or a non-chemically amplified photoresist composition. The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified photoresist composition. The composition of the present invention can be used to form a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive film. The photosensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed using the composition of the present invention is typically a photoresist film. Below, the various components of the composition of the present invention are first described in detail.

[樹脂(A)] 本發明之組成物中所包含的樹脂(A)係包含藉由酸的作用分解而極性增大之基團(亦稱為「酸分解性基」。)的樹脂。 樹脂(A)為酸分解性樹脂,在使用本發明之組成物的圖案形成方法中,典型而言,採用鹼性顯影液作為顯影液之情況下,可較佳地形成正型圖案,採用有機系顯影液作為顯影液之情況下,可較佳地形成負型圖案。 [Resin (A)] The resin (A) contained in the composition of the present invention is a resin containing a group (also called an "acid-decomposable group") that is decomposed by an acid to increase its polarity. The resin (A) is an acid-decomposable resin. In the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention, typically, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, a positive pattern can be formed preferably, and when an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern can be formed preferably.

典型而言,酸分解性基係藉由酸的作用分解而產生極性基的基團。酸分解性基較佳為具有以藉由酸的作用脫離的基團(脫離基)來保護極性基之結構。典型而言,樹脂(A)藉由酸的作用極性增大而對鹼性顯影液的溶解度增大,對有機溶劑的溶解度減小。Typically, the acid-decomposable group is a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group that is dissociated by the action of an acid (dissociation group). Typically, the polarity of the resin (A) increases by the action of an acid, thereby increasing its solubility in an alkaline developer and decreasing its solubility in an organic solvent.

樹脂(A)包含選自由通式(S1)表示的重複單元及由通式(S2)表示的重複單元所組成之群組中的至少一種重複單元。由通式(S1)表示的重複單元及由通式(S2)表示的重複單元所組成之群組中的至少一種重複單元較佳為具有酸分解性基的重複單元。The resin (A) comprises at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by the general formula (S1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (S2). At least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by the general formula (S1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (S2) is preferably a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.

[化學式6] [Chemical formula 6]

通式(S1)中,Ra 1~Ra 3分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。 La 1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 Ra 4~Ra 6分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、芳烷基或烯基。Ra 4~Ra 6中的兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 Ra 0表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、烷氧基、醯氧基、烷氧基羰基、鹵素原子或氰基。當存在複數個Ra 0時,複數個Ra 0可以相同,亦可以不同。 Ra 1~Ra 3、La 1及Ra 0中的兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 na表示0~4的整數。ma表示0~2的整數。 In the general formula (S1), Ra 1 to Ra 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. La 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. Two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Ra 0 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom or a cyano group. When there are a plurality of Ra 0 , the plurality of Ra 0 may be the same or different. Two of Ra 1 to Ra 3 , La 1 and Ra 0 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. na represents an integer from 0 to 4. ma represents an integer from 0 to 2.

通式(S2)中,Ra 7~Ra 9分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。 La 2表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 Ara表示芳香環基。 Ra 10~Ra 12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、芳烷基、烷氧基、環烷氧基或烯基。 Ra 10~Ra 12中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。 Ra 9~Ra 12中的至少一個可以與Ara鍵結。 In the general formula (S2), Ra 7 to Ra 9 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. La 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Ara represents an aromatic cyclic group. Ra 10 to Ra 12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group or an alkenyl group. At least two of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. At least one of Ra 9 to Ra 12 may be bonded to Ara.

(由通式(S1)表示的重複單元) 通式(S1)中的Ra 1~Ra 3分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。 作為Ra 1~Ra 3的烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3。 Ra 1~Ra 3的環烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為3~20,更佳為5~15。作為Ra 1~Ra 3的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、以及降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 作為Ra 1~Ra 3的鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子,較佳為氟原子或碘原子。 作為Ra 1~Ra 3的烷氧基羰基中所包含的烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。烷氧基羰基中所包含的烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3。 (Repeating unit represented by general formula (S1)) Ra 1 to Ra 3 in general formula (S1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. The alkyl group as Ra 1 to Ra 3 may be any of a linear chain and a branched chain. The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3. The carbon number of the cycloalkyl group as Ra 1 to Ra 3 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15. The cycloalkyl group as Ra 1 to Ra 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group and an adamantyl group. Examples of the halogen atom of Ra 1 to Ra 3 include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms, preferably fluorine or iodine. The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of Ra 1 to Ra 3 may be a linear or branched chain. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.

通式(S1)中的La 1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,例如,可舉出(-CO-)、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、醯胺基(-CONR-)、磺醯胺基(-SO 2NR-)、伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基、及此等複數個連結而成的連結基等。上述R分別表示氫原子或有機基,作為有機基較佳為烷基、環烷基、芳基、及此等的組合。 La 1較佳為單鍵或-COO-,更佳為單鍵。 In the general formula (S1), La 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include (-CO-), -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, amide (-CONR-), sulfonamide (-SO 2 NR-), alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene, and a linking group formed by a plurality of these groups. The above R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and the organic group is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and a combination thereof. La 1 is preferably a single bond or -COO-, and more preferably a single bond.

通式(S1)中的Ra 4~Ra 6分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、芳烷基或烯基。 In the general formula (S1), Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.

作為Ra 4~Ra 6的烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6。Ra 4~Ra 6的烷基中所包含的伸甲基可以被-CO-及-O-中的至少一個取代。 Ra 4~Ra 6的環烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為3~20,更佳為5~15。作為Ra 4~Ra 6的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、以及降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 Ra 4~Ra 6的芳基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為6~20,更佳為6~10。作為Ra 4~Ra 6的芳基,最佳為苯基。 作為Ra 4~Ra 6的芳烷基,較佳為上述Ra 4~Ra 6的烷基中的一個氫原子被碳數6~10之芳基(較佳為苯基)取代的基團,例如,可舉出芐基等。 Ra 4~Ra 6的烯基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為2~5,更佳為2~4。作為Ra 4~Ra 6的烯基,較佳為乙烯基。 Ra 4~Ra 6的芳香族雜環基,較佳為含有選自由硫原子、氮原子及氧原子所組成之群組中的至少一個雜原子。芳香族雜環基中所包含的雜原子數較佳為1~5個,更佳為1~3個。芳香族雜環基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為2~20,更佳為3~15。芳香族雜環基可以為單環亦可以為多環。作為Ra 4~Ra 6的芳香族雜環基,例如,可舉出噻吩基、呋喃基、苯並噻吩基、二苯並噻吩基、苯並呋喃基、吡咯、噁唑基、噻唑基、吡啶基、異噻唑基、噻二唑基等。 The alkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be any of a linear chain and a branched chain. The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 6. The methyl group contained in the alkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be substituted by at least one of -CO- and -O-. The carbon number of the cycloalkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15. The cycloalkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group, and an adamantyl group. The carbon number of the aryl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 10. The most preferred aryl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is phenyl. The most preferred aralkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is a group in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is substituted by an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably phenyl), such as benzyl. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 2 to 5, more preferably 2 to 4. The most preferred alkenyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is vinyl. The most preferred aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is a group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. The number of heteroatoms contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 3 to 15. The aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 include thienyl, furanyl, benzothienyl, dibenzothienyl, benzofuranyl, pyrrole, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, isothiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.

Ra 4~Ra 6中的兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為Ra 4~Ra 6中的兩個鍵結形成環而成的基團,較佳環烷基。作為上述環烷基,較佳為環戊基或者環己基等單環的環烷基、或降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基或者金剛烷基等多環的環烷基,更佳為碳數5~6之單環的環烷基。上述環烷基,其中構成環的伸甲基中的一個可以被氧原子等雜原子、羰基等包含雜原子的基團、或亞乙烯基取代。此等環烷基,其中構成環烷烴環的伸乙基中的一個以上可以被伸乙烯基取代。 Two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the group formed by two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 bonding to form a ring, a cycloalkyl group is preferred. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group or an adamantyl group is preferred, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. In the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be substituted by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylene group. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be substituted by vinylene groups.

通式(S1)中的-C(Ra 4)(Ra 5)(Ra 6)較佳為脫離基,-COO-C(Ra 4)(Ra 5)(Ra 6)較佳為-C(Ra 4)(Ra 5)(Ra 6)藉由酸的作用脫離而產生羧基。 In the general formula (S1), -C(Ra 4 )(Ra 5 )(Ra 6 ) is preferably a dissociated group, and -COO-C(Ra 4 )(Ra 5 )(Ra 6 ) is preferably -C(Ra 4 )(Ra 5 )(Ra 6 ) which is dissociated by the action of an acid to generate a carboxyl group.

通式(S1)中的Ra 0表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、烷氧基、醯氧基、烷氧基羰基、鹵素原子或氰基。 作為Ra 0的烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3。 Ra 0的環烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為3~20,更佳為5~15。作為Ra 1~Ra 3的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、以及降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 作為Ra 0的鹵素原子,例如,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子,較佳為氟原子或碘原子。 作為Ra 0的烷氧基中所包含的烷基可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。烷氧基中所包含的烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3。 作為Ra 0的醯氧基中可以包含的烷基可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。Ra 0的醯氧基中可以包含的烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3。 Ra 0的醯氧基中可以包含的芳基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為6~20,更佳為6~10。作為Ra 0的醯氧基中可以包含的芳基,最佳為苯基。 作為Ra 0的烷氧基羰基中所包含的烷基可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。烷氧基羰基中所包含的烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3。 Ra 0的芳基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為6~20,更佳為6~10。作為Ra 0的芳基,最佳為苯基。 作為Ra 0的芳烷基,較佳為上述Ra 0的烷基中的一個氫原子被碳數6~10之芳基(較佳為苯基)取代的基團,例如,可舉出芐基等。 Ra 0的烯基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為2~5,更佳為2~4。作為Ra 0的烯基,較佳為乙烯基。 Ra 0的芳香族雜環基較佳為含有選自由硫原子、氮原子及氧原子所組成之群組中的至少一個雜原子。芳香族雜環基中所包含的雜原子數較佳為1~5個,更佳為1~3個。芳香族雜環基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為2~20,更佳為3~15。芳香族雜環基可以為單環亦可以為多環。作為Ra 0的芳香族雜環基,例如,可舉出噻吩基、呋喃基、苯並噻吩基、二苯並噻吩基、苯並呋喃基、吡咯、噁唑基、噻唑基、吡啶基、異噻唑基、噻二唑基等。 Ra 0 in the general formula (S1) represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom or a cyano group. The alkyl group as Ra 0 may be either a linear or branched chain. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group as Ra 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 5 to 15. The cycloalkyl groups as Ra 1 to Ra 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl and adamantyl. As the halogen atom of Ra 0 , for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom can be mentioned, preferably a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. The alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group of Ra 0 can be any of a linear chain and a branched chain. The carbon number of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 can be any of a linear chain and a branched chain. The carbon number of the alkyl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3. The carbon number of the aryl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 10. The aryl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 is preferably a phenyl group. The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of Ra 0 may be either linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3. The carbon number of the aryl group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 10. The most preferred aryl group of Ra 0 is phenyl. The aralkyl group of Ra 0 is preferably a group in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group of Ra 0 is substituted by an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably phenyl), for example, benzyl and the like. The carbon number of the alkenyl group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 2 to 5, and more preferably 2 to 4. The preferred alkenyl group of Ra 0 is vinyl. The aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 0 preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. The number of heteroatoms contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15. The aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 0 include thienyl, furanyl, benzothienyl, dibenzothienyl, benzofuranyl, pyrrole, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and the like.

通式(S1)中的na表示0~4的整數,較佳為表示0~2的整數,更佳為表示0或1,進一步較佳為表示0。In the general formula (S1), na represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably represents an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably represents 0 or 1, and further preferably represents 0.

通式(S1)中的ma表示0~2的整數,較佳為表示0或1,更佳為表示0。通式(S1)中的芳香環,當ma表示0時為苯,表示1時為萘,表示2時為蒽。In the general formula (S1), ma represents an integer of 0 to 2, preferably represents 0 or 1, and more preferably represents 0. The aromatic ring in the general formula (S1) is benzene when ma represents 0, naphthalene when ma represents 1, and anthracene when ma represents 2.

以下示出由通式(S1)表示的重複單元之具體例,但不限定於此。Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (S1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化學式7] [Chemical formula 7]

(由通式(S2)表示的重複單元) 通式(S2)中的Ra 7~Ra 9分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。關於Ra 7~Ra 9的說明、具體例及較佳範圍與上述通式(S1)中的關於Ra 1~Ra 3的說明、具體例及較佳範圍相同。 (Repeating units represented by general formula (S2)) Ra 7 to Ra 9 in general formula (S2) each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. The description, specific examples and preferred ranges of Ra 7 to Ra 9 are the same as the description, specific examples and preferred ranges of Ra 1 to Ra 3 in the above general formula (S1).

通式(S2)中的La 2表示單鍵或二價的連結基。關於La 2的說明、具體例及較佳範圍與上述通式(S1)中的關於La 1的說明、具體例及較佳範圍相同。 La 2 in the general formula (S2) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The description, specific examples and preferred range of La 2 are the same as the description, specific examples and preferred range of La 1 in the general formula (S1) above.

通式(S2)中的Ara表示芳香環基。Ara的芳香環基較佳為伸芳基,更佳為碳數6~20之伸芳基,進一步較佳為碳數6~10之伸芳基,特佳為伸苯基或伸萘基,最佳為伸苯基。Ara in the general formula (S2) represents an aromatic ring group. The aromatic ring group of Ara is preferably an arylene group, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, further preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a phenylene group or a naphthylene group, and most preferably a phenylene group.

通式(S2)中的Ra 10~Ra 12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、芳烷基、烷氧基、環烷氧基或烯基。 作為Ra 10~Ra 12的烷基,可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3。 Ra 10~Ra 12的環烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為3~20,更佳為5~15。作為Ra 10~Ra 12的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、以及降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 作為Ra 10~Ra 12的烷氧基中所包含的烷基可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。烷氧基中所包含的烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3。 Ra 10~Ra 12的環烷氧基中所包含的環烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為3~20,更佳為5~15。作為Ra 10~Ra 12的環烷氧基中所包含的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、以及降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。作為可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。烷氧基中所包含的烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3。 Ra 10~Ra 12的芳基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為6~20,更佳為6~10。作為Ra 10~Ra 12的芳基,最佳為苯基。 作為Ra 10~Ra 12的芳烷基,較佳為上述Ra 10~Ra 12的烷基中的一個氫原子被碳數6~10之芳基(較佳為苯基)取代的基團,例如,可舉出芐基等。 Ra 10~Ra 12的烯基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為2~5,更佳為2~4。作為Ra 10~Ra 12的烯基,較佳為乙烯基。 Ra 10~Ra 12的芳香族雜環基較佳為含有選自由硫原子、氮原子及氧原子所組成之群組中的至少一個雜原子。芳香族雜環基中所包含的雜原子數較佳為1~5個,更佳為1~3個。芳香族雜環基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為2~20,更佳為3~15。芳香族雜環基可以為單環亦可以為多環。作為Ra 10~Ra 12的芳香族雜環基,例如,可舉出噻吩基、呋喃基、苯並噻吩基、二苯並噻吩基、苯並呋喃基、吡咯、噁唑基、噻唑基、吡啶基、異噻唑基、噻二唑基等。 Ra 10 to Ra 12 in the general formula (S2) each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group or an alkenyl group. The alkyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be either a linear or branched chain group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 5 to 15. The cycloalkyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group and an adamantyl group. The alkyl group included in the alkoxy group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be either a linear or branched chain. The carbon number of the alkyl group included in the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3. The carbon number of the cycloalkyl group included in the cycloalkoxy group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 5 to 15. The cycloalkyl group included in the cycloalkoxy group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group, and an adamantyl group. The alkyl group may be either a linear or branched chain. The carbon number of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3. The carbon number of the aryl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 10. The most preferred aryl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is phenyl. The aralkyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is preferably a group in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is substituted by an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably phenyl), and for example, benzyl and the like can be mentioned. The carbon number of the alkenyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 2 to 5, and more preferably 2 to 4. The alkenyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is preferably vinyl. The aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. The number of heteroatoms contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15. The aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 include thienyl, furyl, benzothienyl, dibenzothienyl, benzofuranyl, pyrrole, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and the like.

Ra 10~Ra 12中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為Ra 10~Ra 12鍵結形成環而成的基團,較佳環烷基。作為上述環烷基,較佳為環戊基或者環己基等單環的環烷基、或降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基或者金剛烷基等多環的環烷基,更佳為碳數5~6之單環的環烷基。上述環烷基,其中構成環的伸甲基中的一個可以被氧原子等雜原子、羰基等包含雜原子的基團、或亞乙烯基取代。此等環烷基,其中構成環烷烴環的伸乙基中的一個以上可以被伸乙烯基取代。 At least two of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the group formed by Ra 10 to Ra 12 bonding to form a ring, a cycloalkyl group is preferred. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl or adamantyl is preferred, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group with 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. In the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, one of the methyl groups constituting the ring may be substituted by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylene group. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be substituted by vinylene groups.

較佳為Ra 10~Ra 12中的至少一個為烷氧基,更佳為Ra 10~Ra 12中的一個為烷氧基,並且另外兩個為氫原子、烷基、環烷基或芳基。 Preferably, at least one of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is an alkoxy group, and more preferably, one of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is an alkoxy group, and the other two are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups or aryl groups.

通式(S2)中的-C(Ra 10)(Ra 11)(Ra 12)較佳為脫離基,-O-C(Ra 10)(Ra 11)(Ra 12)較佳為-C(Ra 10)(Ra 11)(Ra 12)藉由酸的作用脫離而產生羥基(該羥基鍵結於Ara,因此為酚性羥基)。 In the general formula (S2), -C(Ra 10 )(Ra 11 )(Ra 12 ) is preferably detached, and -OC(Ra 10 )(Ra 11 )(Ra 12 ) is preferably -C(Ra 10 )(Ra 11 )(Ra 12 ) which is detached by the action of an acid to generate a hydroxyl group (the hydroxyl group is bonded to Ara and is therefore a phenolic hydroxyl group).

以下示出由通式(S2)表示的重複單元之具體例,但不限定於此。Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (S2) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

[化學式8] [Chemical formula 8]

選自由通式(S1)表示的重複單元及由通式(S2)表示的重複單元所組成之群組中的重複單元之含量,相對於樹脂(A)中的所有重複單元,較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進一步較佳為15莫耳%以上。又,選自由通式(S1)表示的重複單元及由通式(S2)表示的重複單元所組成之群組中的重複單元之含量,相對於樹脂(A)中的所有重複單元,較佳為70莫耳%以下,更佳為60莫耳%以下,進一步較佳為50莫耳%以下。The content of the repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (S1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (S2) is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and further preferably 15 mol% or more, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). Furthermore, the content of the repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (S1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (S2) is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, and further preferably 50 mol% or less, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A).

樹脂(A)所含有的選自由通式(S1)表示的重複單元及由通式(S2)表示的重複單元所組成之群組中的重複單元可以為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。包含兩種以上時,較佳為其總含量在上述較佳含量範圍內。The resin (A) may contain one or more repeating units selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by the general formula (S1) and repeating units represented by the general formula (S2). When the resin (A) contains two or more repeating units, the total content thereof is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.

(具有極性基的重複單元) 對樹脂(A)所含有的具有極性基的重複單元進行說明。 具有極性基的重複單元,較佳為與選自上述的由通式(S1)表示的重複單元及由通式(S2)表示的重複單元所組成之群組中的重複單元相異的重複單元。 作為具有極性基的重複單元的極性基,例如,可舉出羥基、內酯基、磺內酯基、內醯胺基、醯亞胺基、醯胺基、磺醯胺基、碳酸酯基、氨基甲酸酯基、脲基、腈基、亞碸基、磺醯基等。極性基可以為酸基。作為極性基,較佳為羥基或內酯基,更佳為芳香族羥基,進一步較佳為酚性羥基。 作為含有極性基的重複單元,較佳為由下述通式(S3)表示的重複單元。 (Repeating unit having a polar group) The repeating unit having a polar group contained in the resin (A) is described. The repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit different from the repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (S1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (S2). As the polar group of the repeating unit having a polar group, for example, a hydroxyl group, a lactone group, a sultone group, a lactamide group, an imide group, an amide group, a sulfonamide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a nitrile group, a sulfonyl group, and the like can be cited. The polar group may be an acid group. As the polar group, a hydroxyl group or a lactone group is preferred, an aromatic hydroxyl group is more preferred, and a phenolic hydroxyl group is further preferred. As the repeating unit containing a polar group, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (S3) is preferred.

具有極性基的重複單元,較佳為由下述通式(S3)表示的重複單元。The repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (S3).

[化學式9] [Chemical formula 9]

通式(S3)中,R 101、R 102及R 103分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。R 102可以與Ar A鍵結而形成環,在這種情況下之R 102表示單鍵或伸烷基。 L A表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 Ar A表示芳香環基。 k表示1~5的整數。 In the general formula (S3), R101 , R102 and R103 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R102 may be bonded to ArA to form a ring, in which case R102 represents a single bond or an alkylene group. LA represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. ArA represents an aromatic cyclic group. k represents an integer of 1 to 5.

通式(S3)中的R 101、R 102及R 103分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。關於R 101、R 102及R 103的說明、具體例及較佳範圍與上述通式(S1)中的關於Ra 1~Ra 3的說明、具體例及較佳範圍相同。 In the general formula (S3), R 101 , R 102 and R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. The description, specific examples and preferred ranges of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 are the same as the description, specific examples and preferred ranges of Ra 1 to Ra 3 in the general formula (S1).

通式(S3)中的Ar A表示芳香環基,更具體而言,表示(k+1)價的芳香環基。K為1時的二價的芳香環基,例如,較佳為伸苯基、甲伸苯基、伸萘基及伸蒽基等碳數6~18之伸芳基、或噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、苯並噻吩環、苯並呋喃環、苯並吡咯環、三嗪環、咪唑環、苯並咪唑環、三唑環、噻二唑環及噻唑環等含有雜環的二價的芳香環基。上述芳香環基可以具有取代基。 作為k為2以上的整數時的(k+1)價的芳香環基之具體例,可舉出從二價的芳香環基的上述具體例中除去任意(k-1)個氫原子而成的基團。 (k+1)價的芳香環基可以進一步具有取代基。 作為(k+1)價的芳香環基可具有的取代基,並無特別限定,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、己基、2-乙基己基、辛基、十二烷基等烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基、羥基乙氧基、丙氧基、羥基丙氧基、丁氧基等烷氧基;苯基等芳基等。 Ar A較佳為表示碳數6~18之芳香環基,更佳為表示苯環基、萘環基或伸聯苯環基。 Ar A in the general formula (S3) represents an aromatic cyclic group, and more specifically, represents a (k+1)-valent aromatic cyclic group. The divalent aromatic cyclic group when K is 1 is preferably, for example, an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as phenylene, tolylene, naphthyl and anthracene, or a divalent aromatic cyclic group containing a heterocyclic ring such as a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring and a thiazole ring. The above aromatic cyclic group may have a substituent. As a specific example of a (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group when k is an integer greater than or equal to 2, there can be cited a group formed by removing any (k-1) hydrogen atoms from the above-mentioned specific examples of a divalent aromatic ring group. The (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent. The substituent that the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, octyl, and dodecyl; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxyethoxy, propoxy, hydroxypropoxy, and butoxy; and aryl groups such as phenyl. Ar A is preferably an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl ring group, a naphthyl ring group, or a biphenyl ring group.

通式(S3)中的L A表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 作為L A所表示的二價的連結基,並無特別限定,例如,可舉出-COO-、-CONR 64-、伸烷基、或將兩種以上此等基團組合而成的基團。上述R 64表示氫原子或烷基。 作為上述伸烷基,並無特別限定,較佳為伸甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸己基、及伸辛基等碳數1~8之伸烷基。 作為R 64表示烷基時的烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、己基、2-乙基己基、辛基、十二烷基等碳數20以下的烷基,較佳為碳數8以下的烷基。 LA in the general formula (S3) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by LA is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include -COO-, -CONR 64 -, an alkylene group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these groups. The above-mentioned R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The above-mentioned alkylene group is not particularly limited, and preferably includes an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, and an octyl group. When R 64 represents an alkyl group, examples thereof include an alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, and a dodecyl group, and preferably includes an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms.

由通式(S3)表示的重複單元較佳為具備羥基苯乙烯結構。即,Ar A較佳為表示苯環基。 k較佳為表示1~3的整數,更佳為表示1或2。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (S3) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure. That is, Ar A preferably represents a benzene ring group. k preferably represents an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably represents 1 or 2.

以下示出由通式(S3)表示的重複單元之具體例,但不限定於此。Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (S3) are shown below, but are not limited to these.

[化學式10] [Chemical formula 10]

樹脂(A)中具有極性基的重複單元之含量並無特別限定,相對於樹脂(A)中的所有重複單元,較佳為20莫耳%以上,更佳為30莫耳%以上,進一步較佳為40莫耳%以上。又,具有極性基的重複單元之含量,相對於樹脂(A)中的所有重複單元,較佳為90莫耳%以下,更佳為85莫耳%以下,進一步較佳為80莫耳%以下。The content of the repeating unit having a polar group in the resin (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and further preferably 40 mol% or more, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). Furthermore, the content of the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 85 mol% or less, and further preferably 80 mol% or less, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A).

樹脂(A)所含有的具有極性基的重複單元可以為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。包含兩種以上時,較佳為其總含量在上述較佳含量範圍內。The resin (A) may contain one or more types of repeating units having a polar group. When the resin (A) contains two or more types, the total content thereof is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.

(具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具有含有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基及碳酸酯基所組成之群組中的至少一種之重複單元(以下,亦稱為「單元Y」)。 單元Y亦較佳為不具有羥基及六氟丙醇基等酸基。 (Repeating units having lactone groups, sultone groups or carbonate groups) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit containing at least one selected from the group consisting of lactone groups, sultone groups and carbonate groups (hereinafter, also referred to as "unit Y"). Unit Y also preferably does not have an acid group such as a hydroxyl group and a hexafluoropropanol group.

作為內酯基或磺內酯基,只要具有內酯結構或磺內酯結構即可。內酯結構或磺內酯結構較佳為5~7員環內酯結構或5~7員環磺內酯結構。其中,更佳為以形成雙環結構或者螺環結構之形式在5~7員環內酯結構上縮環有其他環結構者、或以形成雙環結構或者螺環結構之形式在5~7員環磺內酯結構上縮環有其他環結構者。 關於樹脂(A),可以將國際公開第2022/024928的[0120]~[0134]的記載內容作為參考併入。 As a lactone group or a sultone group, it is sufficient as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure. The lactone structure or the sultone structure is preferably a 5-7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5-7-membered ring sultone structure. Among them, it is more preferred that another ring structure is condensed on the 5-7-membered ring lactone structure in the form of a bicyclic structure or a spirocyclic structure, or another ring structure is condensed on the 5-7-membered ring sultone structure in the form of a bicyclic structure or a spirocyclic structure. Regarding the resin (A), the contents of [0120] to [0134] of International Publication No. 2022/024928 can be incorporated as a reference.

樹脂(A)含有選自由通式(S1)表示的重複單元及由通式(S2)表示的重複單元所組成之群組中的至少一種重複單元和具有極性基的重複單元,但除了這些重複單元之外,還可以含有其他重複單元。The resin (A) contains at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by the general formula (S1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (S2) and a repeating unit having a polar group, but may contain other repeating units in addition to these repeating units.

樹脂(A),作為其他重複單元,可以含有上述以外的具有酸分解性基的重複單元。 酸分解性基較佳為藉由酸的作用分解而產生極性基的基團。 作為上述極性基,較佳為鹼可溶性基,例如,可舉出羧基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基、磺酸基、磷酸基、磺醯胺基、磺醯亞胺基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷基羰基)伸甲基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷基羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷基羰基)伸甲基、雙(烷基羰基)亞胺基、雙(烷基磺醯基)伸甲基、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺基、三(烷基羰基)伸甲基及三(烷基磺醯基)伸甲基等酸性基,以及醇性羥基等。 The resin (A) may contain, as another repeating unit, a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group other than the above. The acid-degradable group is preferably a group that generates a polar group by decomposition by the action of an acid. As the polar groups, preferably, alkali-soluble groups are used, for example, carboxyl, phenolic hydroxyl, fluorinated alcohol, sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfonamide, sulfonylimide, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methyl, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methyl, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methyl, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide, tris(alkylcarbonyl)methyl and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methyl acidic groups, as well as alcoholic hydroxyl, etc. can be cited.

作為藉由酸的作用而脫離的脫離基,例如,可舉出由式(Y1)~(Y4)表示的基團。 式(Y1):-C(Rx 1)(Rx 2)(Rx 3) 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx 1)(Rx 2)(Rx 3) 式(Y3):-C(R 36)(R 37)(OR 38) 式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar) Examples of the dissociating group that is dissociated by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulae (Y1) to (Y4). Formula (Y1): -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 ) Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 ) Formula (Y3): -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 ) Formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)

式(Y1)及式(Y2)中,Rx 1~Rx 3,分別獨立地,較佳為表示烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、環烷基(單環或多環)、芳基(單環或多環)、芳烷基(直鏈狀或者支鏈狀)、或烯基(直鏈狀或者支鏈狀)。此外,當所有Rx 1~Rx 3均為烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)時,Rx 1~Rx 3中的至少兩個較佳為甲基。 其中,Rx 1~Rx 3,分別獨立地,較佳為表示直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基,Rx 1~Rx 3,分別獨立地,更佳為表示直鏈狀的烷基。 Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環(可以為單環及多環中之任一者)。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三丁基等碳數1~5之烷基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、以及降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的芳基,較佳為碳數6~10之芳基,例如,可舉出苯基、萘基及蒽基等。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的芳烷基,較佳為上述Rx 1~Rx 3的烷基中的一個氫原子被碳數6~10之芳基(較佳為苯基)取代的基團,例如,可舉出芐基等。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的烯基,較佳為乙烯基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環,較佳為環烷基。作為Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基,較佳為環戊基或者環己基等單環的環烷基、或降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基或者金剛烷基等多環的環烷基,更佳為碳數5~6之單環的環烷基。 Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基,其中構成環的伸甲基中的一個可以被氧原子等雜原子、羰基等具有雜原子的基團或亞乙烯基取代。又,此等環烷基,其中構成環烷烴環的一個以上伸乙基可以被伸乙烯基取代。 由式(Y1)或式(Y2)表示的基團較佳為,例如,Rx 1為甲基或乙基,且Rx 2與Rx 3鍵結而形成上述的環烷基之態樣。 In formula (Y1) and formula (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent preferably an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aralkyl group (linear or branched), or an alkenyl group (linear or branched). In addition, when all Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups. Among them, Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent more preferably a linear alkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic). As the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl, are preferred. As the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , monocyclic cycloalkyl groups, such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups, such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl and adamantyl, are preferred. As the aryl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , aryl groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred, for example, phenyl, naphthyl and anthracenyl can be mentioned. As the aralkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , a group in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is substituted by an aryl group (preferably a phenyl group) having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and examples thereof include benzyl and the like. As the alkenyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , a vinyl group is preferred. As the ring formed by two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 being bonded together, a cycloalkyl group is preferred. As the cycloalkyl group formed by two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 being bonded together, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group or an adamantyl group is preferred, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. In the cycloalkyl group formed by two of Rx1 to Rx3 being bonded, one of the methylidene groups constituting the ring may be substituted by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group having a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group. In addition, in such cycloalkyl groups, one or more ethylidene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be substituted by a vinylidene group. The group represented by formula (Y1) or formula (Y2) is preferably, for example, in which Rx1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx2 and Rx3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.

式(Y3)中,R 36~R 38分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的有機基。R 37和R 38可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為一價的有機基,可舉出烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基等。R 36較佳為氫原子。 此外,上述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基中,可含有氧原子等雜原子及/或羰基等具有雜原子的基團。例如,上述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基,例如,一個以上的伸甲基可以被氧原子等雜原子及/或羰基等具有雜原子的基團取代。 又,R 38可以與重複單元的主鏈所具有的另一取代基相互鍵結而形成環。R 38與重複單元之主鏈所具有的另一取代基相互鍵結而形成的基團較佳為伸甲基等伸烷基。 In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the monovalent organic group include alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl and alkenyl groups. R 36 is preferably a hydrogen atom. In addition, the above-mentioned alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and aralkyl groups may contain heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms and/or groups having heteroatoms such as carbonyl groups. For example, in the above-mentioned alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and aralkyl groups, for example, one or more methyl groups may be substituted by heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms and/or groups having heteroatoms such as carbonyl groups. In addition, R 38 may be bonded to each other with another substituent group possessed by the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring. The group formed by R 38 and another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit bonding to each other is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group.

式(Y4)中,Ar表示芳香環基。Rn表示烷基、環烷基或芳基。Rn和Ar可以相互鍵結而形成非芳香族環。Ar更佳為芳基。In formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic cyclic group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is more preferably an aryl group.

(不具有酸分解性基及酸基中之任一者,而具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子的重複單元) 樹脂(A)除了上述重複單元之外,還可以具有不具有酸分解性基及酸基中之任一者,而具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子的重複單元(以下,亦稱為單元X)。在此所說的<不具有酸分解性基及酸基中之任一者,而具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子的重複單元>,較佳為與後述之<具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基的重複單元>及<具有光酸產生基的重複單元>相異。 (Repeating units having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group, but having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom) In addition to the above-mentioned repeating units, the resin (A) may also have repeating units having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group, but having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom (hereinafter, also referred to as unit X). The <repeating units having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group, but having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom> mentioned here is preferably different from the <repeating units having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group> and the <repeating units having a photoacid generating group> described later.

作為單元X,較佳為由式(C)表示的重複單元。As the unit X, a repeating unit represented by formula (C) is preferred.

[化學式11] [Chemical formula 11]

L 5表示單鍵或酯基。R 9表示氫原子、或可以具有氟原子或者碘原子的烷基。R 10表示氫原子、可以具有氟原子或者碘原子的烷基、可以具有氟原子或者碘原子的環烷基、可以具有氟原子或者碘原子的芳基、或將此等組合而成的基團。 L5 represents a single bond or an ester group. R9 represents a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or a group composed of these.

以下,例示具有氟原子或碘原子的重複單元。Hereinafter, repeating units having fluorine atoms or iodine atoms are exemplified.

[化學式12] [Chemical formula 12]

單元X的含量,相對於樹脂(A)中的所有重複單元,較佳為0莫耳%以上,更佳為5莫耳%以上,進一步較佳為10莫耳%以上。又,作為其上限值,相對於樹脂(A)中的所有重複單元,較佳為50莫耳%以下,更佳為45莫耳%以下,進一步較佳為40莫耳%以下。The content of the unit X is preferably 0 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and further preferably 10 mol% or more, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). The upper limit thereof is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 45 mol% or less, and further preferably 40 mol% or less, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A).

在樹脂(A)的重複單元中,含有氟原子、溴原子及碘原子中的至少一者的重複單元的總含量,相對於樹脂(A)的所有重複單元,較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為20莫耳%以上,進一步較佳為30莫耳%以上,特佳為40莫耳%以上。上限值並無特別限制,例如,相對於樹脂(A)的所有重複單元為100莫耳%以下。 此外,作為包含氟原子、溴原子及碘原子中的至少一者的重複單元,例如,可舉出:具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子並且具有酸分解性基的重複單元;具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子並且具有酸基的重複單元;及具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子的重複單元。 In the repeating units of the resin (A), the total content of the repeating units containing at least one of the fluorine atom, the bromine atom and the iodine atom is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, further preferably 30 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A). The upper limit is not particularly limited, for example, it is 100 mol% or less relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A). In addition, as the repeating units containing at least one of the fluorine atom, the bromine atom and the iodine atom, for example, there can be cited: a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom and having an acid-decomposable group; a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom and having an acid group; and a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.

(具有光酸產生基的重複單元) 作為上述之外的重複單元,樹脂(A)可以具有含有藉由光化射線或放射線(較佳為電子束或極紫外線)之照射而產生酸的基團(以下,亦稱為「光酸產生基」)的重複單元。 作為具有光酸產生基的重複單元,可舉出由式(4)表示的重複單元。 (Repeating unit having a photoacid generating group) As a repeating unit other than the above, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit containing a group that generates an acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (preferably electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays) (hereinafter, also referred to as a "photoacid generating group"). As a repeating unit having a photoacid generating group, a repeating unit represented by formula (4) can be cited.

[化學式13] [Chemical formula 13]

R 41表示氫原子或甲基。L 41表示單鍵或二價的連結基。L 42表示二價的連結基。R 40表示藉由光化射線或放射線之照射發生分解而在側鏈產生酸的結構部位。 以下,例示具有光酸產生基的重複單元,但不限定於此。 R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 42 represents a divalent linking group. R 40 represents a structural site that generates an acid in the side chain by decomposition upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. The following examples illustrate repeating units having a photoacid generating group, but are not limited thereto.

[化學式14] [Chemical formula 14]

[化學式15] [Chemical formula 15]

此外,作為由式(4)表示的重複單元,例如,可舉出日本特開2014-041327號公報之段落[0094]~[0105]中所記載之重複單元、及國際公開第2018/193954號之段落[0094]中所記載之重複單元。In addition, as a repeating unit represented by formula (4), for example, there can be cited the repeating unit described in paragraphs [0094] to [0105] of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-041327 and the repeating unit described in paragraph [0094] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.

當樹脂(A)包含具有光酸產生基的重複單元時,具有光酸產生基的重複單元之含量,相對於樹脂(A)中的所有重複單元,較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為5莫耳%以上。又,作為其上限值,相對於樹脂(A)中的所有重複單元,較佳為40莫耳%以下,更佳為35莫耳%以下,進一步較佳為30莫耳%以下。When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a photoacid generating group, the content of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). Moreover, as an upper limit, it is preferably 40 mol% or less, more preferably 35 mol% or less, and further preferably 30 mol% or less, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A).

(由式(V-1)或下述式(V-2)表示的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具有由下述式(V-1)、或下述式(V-2)表示的重複單元。 由下述式(V-1)及下述式(V-2)表示的重複單元,較佳為與上述的重複單元相異的重複單元。 (Repeating units represented by formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2)) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2). The repeating units represented by the following formula (V-1) and the following formula (V-2) are preferably repeating units different from the above-mentioned repeating units.

[化學式16] [Chemical formula 16]

式中, R 6及R 7分別獨立地表示氫原子、羥基、烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR或-COOR:R為碳數1~6之烷基或氟化烷基)、或羧基。作為烷基,較佳為碳數1~10之直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的烷基。 n 3表示0~6的整數。 n 4表示0~4的整數。 X 4為伸甲基、氧原子或硫原子。 以下,例示由式(V-1)或(V-2)表示的重複單元。 作為由式(V-1)或(V-2)表示的重複單元,例如,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號之段落[0100]中所記載之重複單元。 In the formula, R 6 and R 7 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amine group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR or -COOR: R is an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), or a carboxyl group. As the alkyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred. n 3 represents an integer from 0 to 6. n 4 represents an integer from 0 to 4. X 4 is a methyl group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The following is an example of a repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2). As a repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2), for example, the repeating unit described in paragraph [0100] of International Publication No. 2018/193954 can be cited.

(用於降低主鏈的運動性的重複單元) 從能夠抑制所產生的酸的過度擴散或顯影時的圖案崩塌之觀點而言,樹脂(A)較佳為具有較高的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)。Tg較佳為大於90℃,更佳為大於100℃,進一步較佳為大於110℃,特佳為大於125℃。此外,從在顯影液中具有良好的溶解速度之觀點而言,Tg較佳為400℃以下,更佳為350℃以下。 此外,本說明書中,樹脂(A)等聚合物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)(以下「重複單元之Tg」)藉由以下方法算出。首先,藉由Bicerano法分別計算出僅由包含於聚合物中的各重複單元構成的均聚物之Tg。接著,計算出各重複單元相對於聚合物中的所有重複單元的質量比(%)。接著,使用Fox的式(記載於Materials Letters 62(2008)3152等中)計算出各質量比下的Tg,並將該等進行總和作為聚合物之Tg(℃)。 Bicerano法記載於Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993)。利用Bicerano法計算Tg時,可使用聚合物之物理性質評估軟體MDL Polymer(MDL Information Systems, Inc.)來進行計算。 (Repeating unit for reducing the mobility of the main chain) From the perspective of being able to suppress excessive diffusion of the generated acid or pattern collapse during development, the resin (A) preferably has a higher glass transition temperature (Tg). Tg is preferably greater than 90°C, more preferably greater than 100°C, further preferably greater than 110°C, and particularly preferably greater than 125°C. In addition, from the perspective of having a good dissolution rate in the developer, Tg is preferably 400°C or less, more preferably 350°C or less. In addition, in this specification, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of a polymer such as resin (A) (hereinafter "Tg of the repeating unit") is calculated by the following method. First, the Tg of a homopolymer consisting only of each repeating unit contained in the polymer is calculated separately by the Bicerano method. Next, the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit relative to all repeating units in the polymer is calculated. Next, the Tg at each mass ratio is calculated using Fox's formula (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.), and the sum is taken as the Tg (°C) of the polymer. The Bicerano method is described in Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993). When calculating Tg using the Bicerano method, the polymer physical property evaluation software MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.) can be used for calculation.

為了提高樹脂(A)之Tg(較佳為,使Tg超過90℃),較佳為使樹脂(A)的主鏈的運動性降低。降低樹脂(A)的主鏈的運動性之方法,可舉出以下(a)~(e)之方法。 (a)向主鏈中導入大體積的取代基 (b)向主鏈中導入複數個取代基 (c)向主鏈附近導入誘發樹脂(A)間之相互作用的取代基 (d)在環狀結構中形成主鏈 (e)向主鏈連結環狀結構 此外,樹脂(A)較佳為具有均聚物之Tg顯示130℃以上的重複單元。 此外,均聚物之Tg顯示130℃以上的重複單元的種類並無特別限制,只要係利用Bicerano法算出的均聚物之Tg為130℃以上的重複單元即可。此外,由後述之式(A)~式(E)表示的重複單元,根據其中的官能基的種類,相當於均聚物之Tg顯示130℃以上的重複單元。 In order to increase the Tg of the resin (A) (preferably, to make the Tg exceed 90°C), it is preferred to reduce the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A). The following methods (a) to (e) can be cited as methods for reducing the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A). (a) Introducing a large-volume substituent into the main chain (b) Introducing a plurality of substituents into the main chain (c) Introducing a substituent that induces interaction between resins (A) near the main chain (d) Forming the main chain in a ring structure (e) Connecting a ring structure to the main chain In addition, the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit whose homopolymer Tg shows 130°C or above. In addition, the type of repeating unit showing a homopolymer Tg of 130°C or above is not particularly limited, as long as it is a repeating unit showing a homopolymer Tg of 130°C or above calculated by the Bicerano method. In addition, the repeating units represented by the formula (A) to (E) described below are equivalent to the repeating units showing a homopolymer Tg of 130°C or above, depending on the type of functional groups therein.

作為上述(a)的具體實現方法之一例,可舉出在樹脂(A)中導入由式(A)表示的重複單元之方法。As an example of a specific method for realizing the above (a), there can be cited a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (A) into the resin (A).

[化學式17] [Chemical formula 17]

式(A)中,R A表示包含多環結構之基團。Rx表示氫原子、甲基或乙基。所謂包含多環結構之基團,係包含複數個環結構之基團,並且複數個環結構可以稠合,亦可以不稠合。 作為由式(A)表示的重複單元之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號之段落[0107]~[0119]中所記載之重複單元。 In formula (A), RA represents a group containing a polycyclic structure. Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group. The group containing a polycyclic structure is a group containing a plurality of ring structures, and the plurality of ring structures may be fused or not fused. As specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (A), the repeating units described in paragraphs [0107] to [0119] of International Publication No. 2018/193954 can be cited.

作為上述(b)的具體實現方法之一例,可舉出在樹脂(A)中導入由式(B)表示的重複單元之方法。As an example of a specific method for realizing the above (b), there can be cited a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (B) into the resin (A).

[化學式18] [Chemical formula 18]

式(B)中,R b1~R b4分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,R b1~R b4中的至少兩個以上表示有機基。 有機基中的至少一個為環結構與重複單元中的主鏈直接連結的基團之情況下,對其他有機基的種類並無特別限制。 又,有機基中之任一者皆非環結構與重複單元中的主鏈直接連結的基團之情況下,有機基的至少兩個以上為除了氫原子之外的構成原子數為三個以上的取代基。 作為由式(B)表示的重複單元之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號之段落[0113]~[0115]中所記載之重複單元。 In formula (B), R b1 to R b4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least two of R b1 to R b4 represent an organic group. When at least one of the organic groups is a group in which the ring structure is directly linked to the main chain in the repeating unit, there is no particular restriction on the type of the other organic groups. In addition, when any of the organic groups is not a group in which the ring structure is directly linked to the main chain in the repeating unit, at least two of the organic groups are substituents having three or more constituent atoms other than hydrogen atoms. As specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (B), the repeating units described in paragraphs [0113] to [0115] of International Publication No. 2018/193954 can be cited.

作為上述(c)的具體實現方法之一例,可舉出在樹脂(A)中導入由式(C)表示的重複單元之方法。As an example of a specific method for realizing the above (c), there can be cited a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (C) into the resin (A).

[化學式19] [Chemical formula 19]

式(C)中,R c1~R c4分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,R c1~R c4中的至少一個為自主鏈碳起在原子數3以內包含氫鍵結性的氫原子的基團。其中,就誘發樹脂(A)的主鏈間之相互作用而言,較佳為在原子數2以內(更靠近主鏈側)具有氫鍵結性的氫原子。 作為由式(C)表示的重複單元之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號之段落[0119]~[0121]中所記載之重複單元。 In formula (C), R c1 to R c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least one of R c1 to R c4 is a group containing a hydrogen atom with hydrogen bonding capability within 3 atoms from the main chain carbon. Among them, in terms of the interaction between the main chains of the inducing resin (A), it is preferably a hydrogen atom with hydrogen bonding capability within 2 atoms (closer to the main chain side). As specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (C), the repeating units described in paragraphs [0119] to [0121] of International Publication No. 2018/193954 can be cited.

作為上述(d)的具體實現方法之一例,可舉出在樹脂(A)中導入由式(D)表示的重複單元之方法。As an example of a specific method for realizing the above-mentioned (d), there can be cited a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (D) into the resin (A).

[化學式20] [Chemical formula 20]

式(D)中,「Cyclic」表示以環狀結構形成主鏈的基團。環的構成原子數並無特別限制。 作為由式(D)表示的重複單元之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號之段落[0126]~[0127]中所記載之重複單元。 In formula (D), "Cyclic" represents a group that forms a main chain with a cyclic structure. The number of atoms constituting the ring is not particularly limited. As specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (D), the repeating units described in paragraphs [0126] to [0127] of International Publication No. 2018/193954 can be cited.

作為上述(e)的具體實現方法之一例,可舉出在樹脂(A)中導入由式(E)表示的重複單元之方法。As an example of a specific method for realizing the above (e), there can be cited a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (E) into the resin (A).

[化學式21] [Chemical formula 21]

式(E)中,Re分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。作為有機基,例如,可舉出可以具有取代基的烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基。 「Cyclic」為含有主鏈的碳原子的環狀基。環狀基所包含的原子數並無特別限制。 作為由式(E)表示的重複單元之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號之段落[0131]~[0133]中所記載之重複單元。 In formula (E), Re each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. As an organic group, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group which may have a substituent can be cited. "Cyclic" is a cyclic group containing carbon atoms in the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited. As a specific example of the repeating unit represented by formula (E), the repeating units described in paragraphs [0131] to [0133] of International Publication No. 2018/193954 can be cited.

(具有選自內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、氰基及鹼可溶性基中的至少一種基團的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具有含有選自內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、氰基及鹼可溶性基中的至少一種基團的重複單元。 作為樹脂(A)所具有的含有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基的重複單元,可舉出上述的<含有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯的重複單元>中所描述之重複單元。較佳的含量亦係如上述的<含有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基的重複單元>中所描述的含量。 (Repeating units having at least one group selected from lactone group, sultone group, carbonate group, hydroxyl group, cyano group and alkali-soluble group) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having at least one group selected from lactone group, sultone group, carbonate group, hydroxyl group, cyano group and alkali-soluble group. As the repeating unit having lactone group, sultone group or carbonate group possessed by the resin (A), the repeating unit described in the above-mentioned <Repeating unit containing lactone group, sultone group or carbonate group> can be cited. The preferred content is also the content described in the above-mentioned <Repeating unit containing lactone group, sultone group or carbonate group>.

樹脂(A)可以具有含有羥基或氰基的重複單元。藉此,可提高基板密著性、顯影液親和性。 具有羥基或氰基的重複單元,較佳為具有被羥基或氰基取代的脂環式烴結構的重複單元。 具有羥基或氰基的重複單元,較佳為不具有酸分解性基。作為具有羥基或氰基的重複單元,可舉出日本特開2014-098921號公報之段落[0081]~[0084]中所記載之重複單元。 The resin (A) may have a repeating unit containing a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This can improve substrate adhesion and developer affinity. The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably one having no acid-decomposable group. As repeating units having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, the repeating units described in paragraphs [0081] to [0084] of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-098921 can be cited.

樹脂(A)可以具有含有鹼可溶性基的重複單元。 作為鹼可溶性基團,可舉出羧基、磺醯胺基、磺醯亞胺基、雙磺醯亞胺基、及α位被拉電子基取代的脂肪族醇基(例如,六氟異丙醇基),較佳為羧基。藉由樹脂(A)包含具有鹼可溶性基的重複單元,可增加在接觸孔用途中的解析度。作為具有鹼可溶性基的重複單元,可舉出日本特開2014-098921號公報之段落[0085]及[0086]中所記載之重複單元。 The resin (A) may have a repeating unit containing an alkali-soluble group. As the alkali-soluble group, carboxyl group, sulfonamide group, sulfonimide group, disulfonimide group, and aliphatic alcohol group substituted with an electron-withdrawing group at the α position (e.g., hexafluoroisopropanol group) can be cited, and carboxyl group is preferred. By including a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group in the resin (A), the resolution in the contact hole application can be increased. As the repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group, the repeating units described in paragraphs [0085] and [0086] of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-098921 can be cited.

(具有脂環式烴結構且不顯示酸分解性的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具有含有脂環式烴結構且不顯示酸分解性的重複單元。藉此,在浸漬曝光時,能夠減少低分子成分從光阻膜向浸漬液中溶出。作為具有脂環式烴結構且不顯示酸分解性的重複單元,例如,可舉出源自(甲基)丙烯酸1-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸酯、或(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯的重複單元。 (Repeating units having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not showing acid decomposition) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit containing an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not showing acid decomposition. This can reduce the dissolution of low molecular weight components from the photoresist film into the immersion liquid during immersion exposure. Examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not showing acid decomposition include repeating units derived from 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, diadamantyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecyl (meth)acrylate, or cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate.

(由式(III)表示的、不具有羥基及氰基中之任一者的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具有由式(III)表示的、不具有羥基及氰基中之任一者的重複單元。 (Repeating units represented by formula (III) that do not have either a hydroxyl group or a cyano group) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by formula (III) that does not have either a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.

[化學式22] [Chemical formula 22]

式(III)中,R 5表示具有至少一個環狀結構且不具有羥基及氰基中之任一者的烴基。 Ra表示氫原子、烷基或-CH 2-O-Ra 2基。式中,Ra 2表示氫原子、烷基或醯基。 作為由式(III)表示的、不具有羥基及氰基中之任一者的重複單元,可舉出日本特開2014-098921號公報之段落[0087]~[0094]中所記載之重複單元。 In the formula (III), R 5 represents a alkyl group having at least one cyclic structure and having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group. Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a -CH 2 -O-Ra 2 group. In the formula, Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group. As the repeating unit represented by the formula (III) and having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group, the repeating units described in paragraphs [0087] to [0094] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-098921 can be cited.

(其他重複單元) 此外,樹脂(A)還可以具有上述的重複單元以外的其他的重複單元。 例如,樹脂(A)可以具有選自由具有氧硫雜環己烷(oxathiane)環基的重複單元、具有噁唑啉酮(oxazolone)環基的重複單元、具有二噁烷(dioxane)環基的重複單元、及具有乙內醯脲(hydantoin)環基的重複單元所組成之群組中的重複單元。 以下,例示上述重複單元之外的其他重複單元之具體例。 (Other repeating units) In addition, the resin (A) may also have other repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units. For example, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit having an oxathiane ring group, a repeating unit having an oxazolone ring group, a repeating unit having a dioxane ring group, and a repeating unit having a hydantoin ring group. Specific examples of other repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units are shown below.

[化學式23] [Chemical formula 23]

樹脂(A)除了上述重複構造單元之外,亦可以為了調節耐乾式蝕刻性、標準顯影液適應性、基板密著性、光阻輪廓、解析度、耐熱性、及感度等而具有各種重複構造單元。In addition to the above-mentioned repeated structural units, the resin (A) may also have various repeated structural units in order to adjust dry etching resistance, standard developer compatibility, substrate adhesion, photoresist profile, resolution, heat resistance, and sensitivity.

作為樹脂(A),特別地,當本發明之組成物用作ArF用感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物時,較佳為所有重複單元由源自具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物的重複單元構成。特別地,亦較佳為所有重複單元由(甲基)丙烯酸酯系重複單元構成。當所有重複單元由(甲基)丙烯酸酯系重複單元構成時,可使用所有重複單元皆為甲基丙烯酸酯系重複單元者、所有重複單元皆為丙烯酸酯系重複單元者、所有重複單元皆為由甲基丙烯酸酯系重複單元及丙烯酸酯系重複單元構成者中之任一者,較佳為丙烯酸酯系重複單元為所有重複單元的50莫耳%以下。As resin (A), in particular, when the composition of the present invention is used as an ArF photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, it is preferred that all repeating units are composed of repeating units derived from a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. In particular, it is also preferred that all repeating units are composed of (meth)acrylate repeating units. When all repeating units are composed of (meth)acrylate repeating units, any one of a methacrylate repeating unit, an acrylate repeating unit, and a methacrylate repeating unit and an acrylate repeating unit can be used, and it is preferred that the acrylate repeating unit is less than 50 mol% of all repeating units.

樹脂(A)可依據常規方法(例如自由基聚合)來合成。 作為GPC法的聚苯乙烯換算值,樹脂(A)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為30,000以下,更佳為1,000 30,000,進一步較佳為3,000 30,000,特佳為5,000~15,000。 樹脂(A)的分散度(分子量分佈、Pd、Mw/Mn)較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3,進一步較佳為1.2~3.0,特佳為1.2~2.0。分散度越小者,其解析度及光阻形狀越優異,而且,光阻圖案之側壁越平滑,粗糙度亦越優異。 The resin (A) can be synthesized by conventional methods (e.g., free radical polymerization). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (A) is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, further preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 15,000, as a polystyrene conversion value by the GPC method. The dispersion (molecular weight distribution, Pd, Mw/Mn) of the resin (A) is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, further preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and particularly preferably 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the dispersion, the better the resolution and photoresist shape, and the smoother the sidewall of the photoresist pattern, the better the roughness.

在本發明之組成物中,樹脂(A)的含量,相對於本發明之組成物的總固體成分,較佳為40.0~99.9質量%,更佳為60.0~90.0質量%。 樹脂(A)可以使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,較佳為其總含量在上述較佳含量範圍內。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the resin (A) is preferably 40.0 to 99.9% by mass, and more preferably 60.0 to 90.0% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. One type of resin (A) may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferred that the total content thereof is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.

[鹽(B)] 對本發明之組成物中所包含的鹽(B)進行說明。 鹽(B)係由下述通式(T1)表示的化合物。 鹽(B)可以為藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而產生酸的化合物(光酸產生劑),亦可以不是光酸產生劑,較佳為藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而產生pKa為-1~9的酸的化合物。 當鹽(B)係相對於從光酸產生劑(例如,後述的鹽(C)等)產生的酸而言成為相對弱酸的酸的鹽時,可起到酸擴散控制劑的作用。酸擴散控制劑作為猝滅劑發揮作用,該淬滅劑捕獲曝光時從光酸產生劑(例如,後述的鹽(C)等)等產生的酸,並抑制因多餘的產生酸引起之未曝光部中的酸分解性樹脂的反應。 [Salt (B)] The salt (B) contained in the composition of the present invention is described. The salt (B) is a compound represented by the following general formula (T1). The salt (B) may be a compound that generates an acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (photoacid generator), or may not be a photoacid generator. It is preferably a compound that generates an acid with a pKa of -1 to 9 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. When the salt (B) is a salt that is a relatively weak acid relative to the acid generated from the photoacid generator (for example, the salt (C) described later), it can function as an acid diffusion control agent. The acid diffusion control agent functions as a quencher that captures the acid generated from the photoacid generator (e.g., the salt (C) described later) during exposure and inhibits the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area caused by the excess generated acid.

[化學式24] [Chemical formula 24]

通式(T1)中,Arb表示芳香環。上述芳香環可以具有取代基。 Q表示酸的殘基。 通式(T1)中的陰離子係pKa為-1~9的酸的共軛鹼。 Rb 1表示-OH、-ORb 2、-NRb 3Rb 4、-SH或-SRb 5,複數個Rb 1可以相同,亦可以不同。 Rb 2表示烷基、芳基或醯基。 Rb 3及Rb 4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或醯基。 Rb 5表示烷基、芳基或醯基。 Rb 2~Rb 5中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環。當Arb具有取代基時,上述取代基和Rb 2~Rb 5中的至少一個可以鍵結而形成環。 Lb 1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。Lb 1可以以取代包含於Rb 1中的氫原子的形式與Rb 1鍵結而形成環。Lb 1可以與Rb 2~Rb 5中的至少一個鍵結而形成環。當Arb具有取代基時,上述取代基可以與Lb 1鍵結而形成環。 p表示2~5的整數。 G m+表示m價的有機陽離子。m表示1以上的整數。 In the general formula (T1), Arb represents an aromatic ring. The aromatic ring may have a substituent. Q represents an acid residue. The anion in the general formula (T1) is a conjugated base of an acid having a pKa of -1 to 9. Rb 1 represents -OH, -ORb 2 , -NRb 3 Rb 4 , -SH or -SRb 5 , and multiple Rb 1s may be the same or different. Rb 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. Rb 3 and Rb 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. Rb 5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. At least two of Rb 2 to Rb 5 may bond to each other to form a ring. When Arb has a substituent, the substituent and at least one of Rb 2 to Rb 5 may bond to form a ring. Lb1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Lb1 may form a ring by bonding to Rb1 in the form of replacing a hydrogen atom contained in Rb1 . Lb1 may form a ring by bonding to at least one of Rb2 to Rb5 . When Arb has a substituent, the substituent may form a ring by bonding to Lb1 . p represents an integer of 2 to 5. Gm + represents an m-valent organic cation. m represents an integer greater than 1.

由通式(T1)表示的化合物之分子量較佳為3000以下,更佳為2000以下,進一步較佳為1000以下。下限並無特別限制,較佳為100以上。The molecular weight of the compound represented by the general formula (T1) is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and further preferably 1000 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 or more.

通式(T1)中的Arb表示芳香環。作為上述芳香環中所包含的環員的碳原子數較佳為4~20,更佳為5~15,進一步較佳為6~10。 作為上述芳香環可以為芳香族烴環,亦可以為芳香族雜環,較佳為芳香族烴環。作為芳香族烴環,可舉出苯環、萘環、蒽環等,較佳為苯環或萘環,更佳為苯環。作為芳香族雜環,較佳為含有選自由氮原子、硫原子及氧原子所組成之群組中的至少一個雜原子的芳香族雜環。 Arb in the general formula (T1) represents an aromatic ring. The number of carbon atoms of the ring members contained in the above aromatic ring is preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 5 to 15, and further preferably 6 to 10. The above aromatic ring may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. As the aromatic hydrocarbon ring, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, etc. can be cited, preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring. As the aromatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms and oxygen atoms is preferred.

在Arb所表示的芳香環上鍵結有Lb 1及Rb 1,然而除了此等之外,Arb所表示的芳香環可以進一步具有取代基。作為上述取代基,例如,可舉出烷基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、芳基等碳數1~10之有機基。 The aromatic ring represented by Arb is bonded with Lb1 and Rb1 , but the aromatic ring represented by Arb may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include organic groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, and aryl.

通式(T1)中的Rb 1表示-OH、-ORb 2、-NRb 3Rb 4、-SH或-SRb 5。Rb 2表示烷基、芳基或醯基。Rb 3及Rb 4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或醯基。Rb 5表示烷基、芳基或醯基。 Rb 2~Rb 5所表示的烷基可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5。 Rb 2~Rb 5所表示的芳基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為6~20,更佳為6~10。作為芳基,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。 作為Rb 2~Rb 5所表示的醯基中可以包含的烷基可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者。醯基中可以包含的烷基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5。 Rb 2~Rb 5所表示的醯基中可以包含的芳基的碳數並無特別限制,較佳為6~20,更佳為6~10。作為醯基中可以包含的芳基,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。 Rb 1較佳為-OH、-NH 2或-SH。特佳為Rb 1中的至少一個為-OH。 Rb1 in the general formula (T1) represents -OH, -ORb2 , -NRb3Rb4 , -SH or -SRb5 . Rb2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. Rb3 and Rb4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. Rb5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. The alkyl group represented by Rb2 to Rb5 may be either a linear or branched chain. The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5. The carbon number of the aryl group represented by Rb2 to Rb5 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 10. As the aryl group, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferred, and a phenyl group is more preferred. The alkyl group that may be contained in the acyl group represented by Rb2 to Rb5 may be either linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group that may be contained in the acyl group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 5. The carbon number of the aryl group that may be contained in the acyl group represented by Rb2 to Rb5 is not particularly limited, and is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 10. The aryl group that may be contained in the acyl group is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. Rb1 is preferably -OH, -NH2 , or -SH. It is particularly preferred that at least one of Rb1 is -OH.

通式(T1)中的Lb 1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,較佳為碳數1~10之有機連結基、醚基、硫醚基、羰基及此等之組合,例如,可舉出伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、伸芳基等。 Lb1 in the general formula (T1) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is preferably an organic linking group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, and a combination thereof, for example, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an arylene group, and the like.

通式(T1)中的p表示2~5的整數,較佳為表示2~4的整數,更佳為表示2或3。In the general formula (T1), p represents an integer of 2 to 5, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and more preferably 2 or 3.

通式(T1)中的Q表示酸的殘基。作為酸的殘基,較佳為羧酸根陰離子基(-COO -)、磺酸根陰離子基(-SO 3 -)、或磺醯胺基(由-N -SO 2R N1表示。R N1表示有機基,較佳為烷基、氟烷基、芳基。),更佳為羧酸根陰離子基。 通式(T1)中的陰離子(由下述通式(T1A)表示的陰離子)係pKa為-1~9的酸的共軛鹼、較佳為pKa為0~7的酸的共軛鹼,更佳為pKa為1~6的酸的共軛鹼。換言之,由通式(T1A)表示的陰離子的共軛酸的pKa為-1~9,較佳為0~7,更佳為1~6。 Q in the general formula (T1) represents an acid residue. The acid residue is preferably a carboxylate anion ( -COO- ), a sulfonate anion ( -SO3- ) , or a sulfonamide group (represented by -N - SO2RN1 . RN1 represents an organic group, preferably an alkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, or an aryl group.), and more preferably a carboxylate anion. The anion in the general formula (T1) (anion represented by the following general formula (T1A)) is a conjugated base of an acid having a pKa of -1 to 9, preferably a conjugated base of an acid having a pKa of 0 to 7, and more preferably a conjugated base of an acid having a pKa of 1 to 6. In other words, the pKa of the conjugated acid of the anion represented by the general formula (T1A) is -1 to 9, preferably 0 to 7, and more preferably 1 to 6.

[化學式25] [Chemical formula 25]

通式(T1A)中,Arb、Q、Rb 1、Lb 1及p分別表示與通式(T1)中的Arb、Q、Rb 1、Lb 1及p相同含義。 In the general formula (T1A), Arb, Q, Rb 1 , Lb 1 and p have the same meanings as Arb, Q, Rb 1 , Lb 1 and p in the general formula (T1), respectively.

以下示出通式(T1)中的陰離子(由通式(T1A)表示的陰離子)之具體例,但不限定於此。Specific examples of the anion in the general formula (T1) (anion represented by the general formula (T1A)) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

[化學式26] [Chemical formula 26]

[化學式27] [Chemical formula 27]

通式(T1)中的G m+表示m價的有機陽離子。m表示1以上的整數,較佳為表示1~3的整數,更佳為表示1或2,進一步較佳為表示1。 作為G m+的有機陽離子並無特別限制。作為上述有機陽離子,較佳為鋶陽離子、碘鎓陽離子或銨陽離子。作為有機陽離子,更佳為由式(ZaI)表示的陽離子(以下亦稱為「陽離子(ZaI)」)、或由式(ZaII)表示的陽離子(以下亦稱為「陽離子(ZaII)」)。 Gm+ in the general formula (T1) represents an m-valent organic cation. m represents an integer greater than 1, preferably an integer from 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and further preferably 1. The organic cation for Gm + is not particularly limited. The organic cation is preferably a sirtuinium cation, an iodonium cation, or an ammonium cation. The organic cation is more preferably a cation represented by the formula (ZaI) (hereinafter also referred to as "cation (ZaI)") or a cation represented by the formula (ZaII) (hereinafter also referred to as "cation (ZaII)").

[化學式28] [Chemical formula 28]

在上述式(ZaI)中,R 201、R 202及R 203分別獨立地表示有機基。 作為R 201、R 202及R 203的有機基的碳數,較佳為1~30,更佳為1~20。R 201~R 203中的兩個可以鍵結而形成環結構,在環中可以含有氧原子、硫原子、酯基、醯胺基或羰基。作為R 201~R 203中的兩個鍵結而形成的基團,例如,可舉出伸烷基(例如,伸丁基及伸戊基)、及-CH 2-CH 2-O-CH 2-CH 2-。 In the above formula (ZaI), R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group. The carbon number of the organic group of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20. Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by two of R 201 to R 203 being bonded include an alkylene group (e.g., a butylene group and a pentylene group) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -.

作為式(ZaI)中的有機陽離子的較佳態樣,可舉出後述的陽離子(ZaI-1)、陽離子(ZaI-2)、陽離子(ZaI-3b)、陽離子(ZaI-4b)。Preferable examples of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), cation (ZaI-3b), and cation (ZaI-4b) described later.

首先,將對陽離子(ZaI-1)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-1)為芳基鋶陽離子,其中,上述式(ZaI)的R 201~R 203的至少一個為芳基。 芳基鋶陽離子,可以係R 201~R 203均為芳基,亦可以係R 201~R 203之一部分為芳基,餘者為烷基或環烷基。 可以係R 201~R 203中的一個為芳基、R 201~R 203中剩餘的兩個鍵結而形成環結構,亦可以係在環內包含氧原子、硫原子、酯基、醯胺基或羰基。作為R 201~R 203中的兩個鍵結而形成的基團,例如,可舉出伸烷基(例如,伸丁基、伸戊基、及-CH 2-CH 2-O-CH 2-CH 2-),其中,一個以上的伸甲基可以被氧原子、硫原子、酯基、醯胺基及/或羰基所取代。 作為芳基鋶陽離子,可舉出三芳基鋶陽離子、二芳基烷基鋶陽離子、芳基二烷基鋶陽離子、二芳基環烷基鋶陽離子及芳基二環烷基鋶陽離子。 First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be described. The cation (ZaI-1) is an aryl zirconia cation, wherein at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl zirconia cation. The aryl zirconia cation may be a cation in which all of R 201 to R 203 are aryl groups, or a part of R 201 to R 203 are aryl groups and the rest are alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups. One of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, or an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group or a carbonyl group may be contained in the ring. Examples of the group formed by two of R 201 to R 203 being bonded include alkylene groups (e.g., butylene, pentylene, and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -), wherein one or more methylene groups may be substituted by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, and/or a carbonyl group. Examples of the aryl zirconia cation include triaryl zirconia cations, diaryl alkyl zirconia cations, aryl dialkyl zirconia cations, diaryl cycloalkyl zirconia cations, and aryl dicycloalkyl zirconia cations.

作為芳基鋶陽離子中所含有的芳基,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。芳基可以係具有含有氧原子、氮原子、或硫原子等之雜環結構的芳基。作為雜環結構,可舉出吡咯殘基、呋喃殘基、噻吩殘基、吲哚殘基、苯並呋喃殘基及苯並噻吩殘基。當芳基鋶陽離子具有兩個以上的芳基時,兩個以上的芳基可以相同亦可以不同。 芳基鋶陽離子視需要而具有的烷基或環烷基,較佳為碳數1~15之直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~15之支鏈狀烷基、或碳數3~15之環烷基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、環丙基、環丁基或環己基。 The aromatic group contained in the aromatic coronium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aromatic group may be an aromatic group having a heterocyclic structure containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue. When the aromatic coronium cation has two or more aromatic groups, the two or more aromatic groups may be the same or different. The arylthium cation may optionally have an alkyl or cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.

作為R 201~R 203的芳基、烷基及環烷基可以具有的取代基,較佳為烷基(例如,碳數1~15)、環烷基(例如,碳數3~15)、芳基(例如,碳數6~14)、烷氧基(例如,碳數1~15)、環烷基烷氧基(例如,碳數1~15)、鹵素原子(例如,氟及碘)、羥基、羧基、酯基、亞磺醯基、磺醯基、烷硫基、或苯硫基。 上述取代基若有可能可以進一步具有取代基,亦較佳為上述烷基具有鹵素原子作為取代基、且成為三氟甲基等的鹵代烷基。 上述取代基亦較佳為藉由任意的組合而形成酸分解性基。所謂酸分解性基意指藉由酸的作用分解而產生極性基的基團,較佳為以藉由酸的作用脫離的基團來保護極性基之結構。 As the substituent that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 may have, preferably, an alkyl group (e.g., having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (e.g., having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (e.g., having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylalkoxy group (e.g., having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine and iodine), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an ester group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, an alkylthio group or a phenylthio group. The above substituent may further have a substituent if possible, and the above alkyl group may have a halogen atom as a substituent and may be a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. The above substituent may also preferably form an acid-decomposable group by any combination. The acid-decomposable group refers to a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and preferably a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group that is dissociated by the action of an acid.

接下來,將對陽離子(ZaI-2)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-2)係式(ZaI)中的R 201~R 203分別獨立地表示不具有芳香環的有機基的陽離子。所謂芳香環,亦包含含有雜原子的芳香環。 作為R 201~R 203的不具有芳香環的有機基之碳數,較佳為1~30,更佳為1~20。 作為R 201~R 203,分別獨立地,較佳為烷基、環烷基、烯丙基或乙烯基,更佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的2-氧代烷基、2-氧代環烷基或烷氧基羰基甲基,進一步較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的2-氧代烷基。 Next, the cation (ZaI-2) will be described. The cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring. The aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a heteroatom. The carbon number of the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 20. R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, and further preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.

R 201~R 203的烷基及環烷基,例如,可舉出碳數1~10之直鏈狀烷基或碳數3~10之支鏈狀烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基及戊基)、以及碳數3~10之環烷基(例如,環戊基、環己基及降冰片基)。 R 201~R 203可以進一步被鹵素原子、烷氧基(例如,碳數1~5)、羥基、氰基或硝基取代。 R 201~R 203的取代基,分別獨立地,亦較佳為藉由取代基之任意組合形成酸分解性基。 Examples of the alkyl and cycloalkyl groups of R 201 to R 203 include linear alkyl groups with 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups with 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl), and cycloalkyl groups with 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl). R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (e.g., with 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group. The substituents of R 201 to R 203 are each independently or preferably formed into an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.

接下來,將對陽離子(ZaI-3b)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-3b)為由下述式(ZaI-3b)表示的陽離子。 Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be described. The cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).

[化學式29] [Chemical formula 29]

式(ZaI-3b)中,R 1c~R 5c分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷基羰氧基、環烷基羰氧基、鹵素原子、羥基、硝基、烷硫基或芳硫基。 R 6c及R 7c分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(例如,第三丁基等)、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或芳基。 R x及R y分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、2-氧代烷基、2-氧代環烷基、烷氧基羰基烷基、烯丙基或乙烯基。 R 1c~R 7c、以及R x及R y的取代基,分別獨立地,亦較佳為藉由取代基之任意組合形成酸分解性基。 In formula (ZaI-3b), R1c to R5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group. R6c and R7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (e.g., t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group. Rx and Ry each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group. The substituents of R1c to R7c , and Rx and Ry each independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.

R 1c~R 5c中的任意兩個以上、R 5c與R 6c、R 6c與R 7c、R 5c與R x、及R x與R y可以分別相互鍵結而形成環,該環可以分別獨立地包含氧原子、硫原子、酮基、酯鍵或醯胺鍵。 作為上述環,可舉出芳香族或非芳香族烴環、芳香族或非芳香族雜環、及兩個以上的此等環組合而成的多環稠環。作為環,可舉出3~10員環,較佳為4~8員環,更佳為5或6員環。 Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond. Examples of the above-mentioned ring include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic rings, and polycyclic condensed rings formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring include 3-10 membered rings, preferably 4-8 membered rings, and more preferably 5- or 6-membered rings.

作為R 1c~R 5c中的任意兩個以上、R 6c與R 7c、及R x與R y鍵結而形成的基團,可舉出伸丁基及伸戊基等伸烷基。該伸烷基中的伸甲基可以被氧原子等雜原子所取代。 作為R 5c與R 6c、及R 5c與R x鍵結而形成的基團,較佳為單鍵或伸烷基。作為伸烷基,可舉出伸甲基及伸乙基等。 As the group formed by the bonding of any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y , there can be mentioned alkylene groups such as butylene and pentylene. The methylene group in the alkylene group may be substituted by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom. As the group formed by the bonding of R 5c and R 6c , and R 5c and R x , it is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. As the alkylene group, there can be mentioned methylene and ethylene.

R 1c~R 5c、R 6c、R 7c、R x、R y、以及R 1c~R 5c中的任意兩個以上、R 5c與R 6c、R 6c與R 7c、R 5c與R x、及R x與R y分別相互鍵結而形成的環可以具有取代基。 R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and the ring formed by any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y bonding to each other may have a substituent.

接下來,將對陽離子(ZaI-4b)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-4b)為由下述式(ZaI-4b)表示的陽離子。 Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be described. The cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).

[化學式30] [Chemical formula 30]

式(ZaI-4b)中,l表示0~2的整數,r表示0~8的整數。 R 13表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟原子及碘原子等)、羥基、烷基、鹵代烷基、烷氧基、羧基、烷氧基羰基、或含有環烷基的基團(可以為環烷基其本身,亦可以為部分包含環烷基的基團)。此等基團可以具有取代基。 R 14表示羥基、鹵素原子(例如,氟原子及碘原子等)、烷基、鹵代烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷基羰基、烷基磺醯基、環烷基磺醯基、或包含環烷基的基團(可以為環烷基本身,亦可以為部分包含環烷基的基團)。此等基團可以具有取代基。當存在複數個R 14時,分別獨立地表示羥基等上述基團。 R 15分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基或萘基。兩個R 15可以相互鍵結而形成環。當兩個R 15相互鍵結而形成環時,環骨架內可以含有氧原子或氮原子等雜原子。 在一態樣中,較佳為兩個R 15為伸烷基,且相互鍵結而形成環結構。此外,上述烷基、上述環烷基及上述萘基、以及兩個R 15相互鍵結而形成的環可以具有取代基。 In formula (ZaI-4b), l represents an integer of 0 to 2, and r represents an integer of 0 to 8. R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom and an iodine atom), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group containing a cycloalkyl group (which may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have a substituent. R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom and an iodine atom), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group containing a cycloalkyl group (which may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 14 , each independently represents the above-mentioned groups such as a hydroxyl group. R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 groups may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 groups are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one embodiment, it is preferred that two R 15 groups are alkylene groups and are bonded to each other to form a ring structure. In addition, the above-mentioned alkyl group, the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group and the above-mentioned naphthyl group, and the ring formed by two R 15 groups being bonded to each other may have a substituent.

在式(ZaI-4b)中,R 13、R 14及R 15的烷基可以為直鏈狀或支鏈狀。烷基的碳數較佳為1~10。烷基較佳為甲基、乙基、正丁基或第三丁基等。 R 13~R 15、以及R x及R y的各取代基,分別獨立地,亦較佳為藉由取代基之任意組合形成酸分解性基。 In formula (ZaI-4b), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group is preferably methyl, ethyl, n-butyl or t-butyl. Each substituent of R 13 to R 15 , and R x and R y is independently or preferably formed into an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.

接下來,將對式(ZaII)進行說明。 式(ZaII)中,R 204及R 205分別獨立地表示芳基、烷基或環烷基。 作為R 204及R 205的芳基,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。R 204及R 205的芳基可以為具有雜環的芳基,該雜環具有氧原子、氮原子或硫原子等。作為具有雜環的芳基的骨架,例如,可舉出吡咯、呋喃、噻吩、吲哚、苯並呋喃及苯並噻吩。 作為R 204及R 205的烷基及環烷基,較佳為碳數1~10之直鏈狀烷基或碳數3~10之支鏈狀烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基或戊基)、或碳數3~10之環烷基(例如,環戊基、環己基或降冰片基)。 Next, the formula (ZaII) will be described. In the formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. As the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 , a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferred, and a phenyl group is more preferred. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic ring, and the heterocyclic ring has an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic ring include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene. The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group for R 204 and R 205 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or pentyl), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or norbornyl).

R 204及R 205的芳基、烷基及環烷基可以分別獨立地具有取代基。作為R 204及R 205的芳基、烷基及環烷基可以具有的取代基,例如,可舉出烷基(例如,碳數1~15)、環烷基(例如,碳數3~15)、芳基(例如,碳數6~15)、烷氧基(例如,碳數1~15)、鹵素原子、羥基及苯硫基。又,R 204及R 205的取代基,分別獨立地,亦較佳為藉由取代基的任意組合形成酸分解性基。 The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (e.g., having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (e.g., having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (e.g., having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group and a phenylthio group. The substituents represented by R 204 and R 205 may each independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.

以下示出有機陽離子之具體例,但不限定於此。Specific examples of organic cations are shown below, but are not limited to these.

[化學式31] [Chemical formula 31]

[化學式32] [Chemical formula 32]

[化學式33] [Chemical formula 33]

鹽(B)之含量,相對於本發明之組成物的總固體成分,較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.5質量%以上,進一步較佳為1.0質量%以上。鹽(B)之含量,相對於本發明之組成物的總固體成分,較佳為30.0質量%以下,更佳為20.0質量%以下,進一步較佳為15.0質量%以下。 鹽(B)可以使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,較佳為其總含量在上述較佳含量範圍內。 The content of salt (B) is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1.0% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The content of salt (B) is preferably 30.0% by mass or less, more preferably 20.0% by mass or less, and further preferably 15.0% by mass or less relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. Salt (B) can be used alone or in combination. When two or more salts are used, it is preferred that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.

本發明之組成物可以含有藉由鹽(B)的氧化而產生的化合物(雜質)。作為藉由鹽(B)的氧化而產生的化合物,具體而言可舉出具有醌結構的化合物。上述雜質之含量,相對於本發明之組成物的總固體成分,較佳為1.0質量%以下,更佳為0.1質量%以下,進一步較佳為0.01質量%以下。The composition of the present invention may contain compounds (impurities) generated by oxidation of the salt (B). Specifically, compounds generated by oxidation of the salt (B) include compounds having a quinone structure. The content of the impurities is preferably 1.0 mass % or less, more preferably 0.1 mass % or less, and further preferably 0.01 mass % or less, relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.

本發明之組成物除了樹脂(A)及鹽(B)之外,還可以含有其他成分。The composition of the present invention may contain other ingredients in addition to the resin (A) and the salt (B).

[鹽(C)] 本發明之組成物可以含有與上述鹽(B)相異,且藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而產生酸的鹽(C)。 藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而從鹽(C)產生的酸的pKa,較佳為小於鹽(B)的陰離子的共軛酸的pKa。從鹽(C)產生的酸的pKa與鹽(B)的陰離子的共軛酸的pKa之間的差的絕對值,較佳為0.1以上且小於20,更佳為1以上且小於15,特佳為2以上且小於10。 鹽(C)可以為低分子化合物之形態,亦可以為組入至聚合物(例如,樹脂(A))之一部分中之形態。又,亦可以併用低分子化合物之形態與組入聚合物(例如,樹脂(A))之一部分中之形態。 當鹽(C)為低分子化合物的形態時,鹽(C)的分子量較佳為3000以下,更佳為2000以下,進一步較佳為1000以下。下限並無特別限制,較佳為100以上。 鹽(C)為組入至聚合物之一部分中之形態時,可以組入至樹脂(A)之一部分,亦可以組入至與樹脂(A)相異的樹脂中。 [Salt (C)] The composition of the present invention may contain a salt (C) which is different from the above-mentioned salt (B) and generates an acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. The pKa of the acid generated from the salt (C) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably less than the pKa of the conjugated acid of the anion of the salt (B). The absolute value of the difference between the pKa of the acid generated from the salt (C) and the pKa of the conjugated acid of the anion of the salt (B) is preferably 0.1 or more and less than 20, more preferably 1 or more and less than 15, and particularly preferably 2 or more and less than 10. The salt (C) may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or in the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer (e.g., resin (A)). In addition, the form of a low molecular weight compound and the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer (e.g., resin (A)) can also be used together. When the salt (C) is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight of the salt (C) is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and further preferably 1000 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 or more. When the salt (C) is in the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer, it can be incorporated into a part of the resin (A) or into a resin different from the resin (A).

作為鹽(C),例如,可舉出由「G 1 +X -」表示的化合物(鎓鹽),較佳為藉由曝光產生有機酸的化合物。 作為上述有機酸,例如,可舉出磺酸(脂肪族磺酸、芳香族磺酸、及樟腦磺酸等)、羧酸(脂肪族羧酸、芳香族羧酸、及芳烷基羧酸等)、羰基磺醯亞胺酸、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺酸、及參(烷基磺醯基)甲基化酸。 As the salt (C), for example, a compound represented by " G1 + X- " (onium salt) can be cited, and a compound that generates an organic acid by exposure is preferred. As the organic acid, for example, sulfonic acid (aliphatic sulfonic acid, aromatic sulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, etc.), carboxylic acid (aliphatic carboxylic acid, aromatic carboxylic acid, aralkyl carboxylic acid, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimidic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imidic acid, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methyl acid can be cited.

在由「G 1 +X -」表示的化合物中,G 1 +表示有機陽離子。上述有機陽離子的較佳範圍及具體例與上述通式(T1)中的G m+相同。 In the compound represented by "G 1 + X - ", G 1 + represents an organic cation. The preferred range and specific examples of the organic cation are the same as those of G m+ in the general formula (T1).

在由「G 1 +X -」表示的化合物中,X -表示有機陰離子。 作為有機陰離子並無特別限制,可舉出一或二價以上的有機陰離子。 作為有機陰離子,較佳為引起親核反應的能力極低的陰離子,更佳為非親核性陰離子。 作為非親核性陰離子,例如,可舉出磺酸陰離子(脂肪族磺酸陰離子、芳香族磺酸陰離子、及樟腦磺酸陰離子等)、羧酸陰離子(脂肪族羧酸陰離子、芳香族羧酸陰離子、及芳烷基羧酸陰離子等)、磺醯亞胺陰離子、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、及參(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子。 In the compound represented by "G 1 + X - ", X - represents an organic anion. The organic anion is not particularly limited, and may be a monovalent or divalent or higher valent organic anion. The organic anion is preferably an anion having extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction, and more preferably a non-nucleophilic anion. Examples of the non-nucleophilic anion include sulfonic acid anions (aliphatic sulfonic acid anions, aromatic sulfonic acid anions, camphorsulfonic acid anions, etc.), carboxylic acid anions (aliphatic carboxylic acid anions, aromatic carboxylic acid anions, aralkyl carboxylic acid anions, etc.), sulfonimide anions, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.

脂肪族磺酸陰離子及脂肪族羧酸陰離子中的脂肪族部位可以為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基,亦可以為環烷基,較佳為碳數1~30之直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基、或碳數3~30之環烷基。 上述烷基,例如,可以為氟烷基(可以具有氟原子以外的取代基。亦可以為全氟烷基)。 The aliphatic part in the aliphatic sulfonic acid anion and the aliphatic carboxylic acid anion may be a linear or branched alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 30 carbon atoms. The above-mentioned alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. It may also be a perfluoroalkyl group).

作為芳香族磺酸陰離子及芳香族羧酸陰離子中的芳基,較佳為碳數6~14之芳基,例如,可舉出苯基、甲苯基、及萘基。The aryl group in the aromatic sulfonic acid anion and the aromatic carboxylic acid anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, for example, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.

上述舉出的烷基、環烷基、及芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基並無特別限制,例如,可舉出硝基、氟原子及氯原子等鹵素原子、羧基、羥基、胺基、氰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~15)、烷基(較佳為碳數1~10)、環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~14)、烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~7)、醯基(較佳為碳數2~12)、烷氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數2~7)、烷硫基(較佳為碳數1~15)、烷基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~15)、烷基亞胺基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~15)、及芳氧基磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~20)。The above-mentioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom and a chlorine atom, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylimidosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), and an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).

作為芳烷基羧酸陰離子中的芳烷基,較佳為碳數7~14之芳烷基。 作為碳數7~14之芳烷基,例如,可舉出芐基、苯乙基、萘甲基、萘乙基、及萘丁基。 As the aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylic acid anion, an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms is preferred. As the aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, for example, benzyl, phenethyl, naphthylmethyl, naphthylethyl, and naphthylbutyl can be cited.

作為磺醯亞胺陰離子,例如,可舉出糖精陰離子。As the sulfonimide anion, for example, saccharin anion can be mentioned.

作為雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子及參(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子中的烷基,較佳為碳數1~5之烷基。作為此等烷基的取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、被鹵素原子取代的烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷氧基磺醯基、芳氧基磺醯基、及環烷基芳氧基磺醯基,較佳為氟原子或被氟原子取代的烷基。 又,雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子中的烷基,亦可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。藉此,可增加酸強度。 As the alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and the tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred. As the substituent of such alkyl groups, halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkoxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups can be cited, and fluorine atoms or alkyl groups substituted with fluorine atoms are preferred. In addition, the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion can also bond with each other to form a ring structure. Thereby, the acid strength can be increased.

作為其他非親核性陰離子,例如,可舉出氟化磷(例如,PF 6 -)、氟化硼(例如,BF 4 -)、及氟化銻(例如,SbF 6 -)。 As other non-nucleophilic anions, for example, phosphorus fluoride (eg, PF 6 ), boron fluoride (eg, BF 4 ), and antimony fluoride (eg, SbF 6 ) can be cited.

作為非親核性陰離子,較佳為磺酸的至少α位被氟原子取代的脂肪族磺酸陰離子、被氟原子或具有氟原子的基團取代的芳香族磺酸陰離子、烷基被氟原子取代的雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、或烷基被氟原子取代的參(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子。其中,更佳為全氟脂肪族磺酸陰離子(較佳為碳數4~8)、或具有氟原子的苯磺酸陰離子,進一步較佳為九氟丁烷磺酸陰離子、全氟辛烷磺酸陰離子、五氟苯磺酸陰離子、或3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯磺酸陰離子。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an aliphatic sulfonic acid anion in which at least the α-position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonic acid anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, or a tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred. Among them, a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonic acid anion (preferably having 4 to 8 carbon atoms) or a benzenesulfonic acid anion having a fluorine atom is more preferred, and a nonafluorobutanesulfonic acid anion, a perfluorooctanesulfonic acid anion, a pentafluorobenzenesulfonic acid anion, or a 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonic acid anion is further preferred.

作為非親核性陰離子,亦較佳為由下述式(AN1)表示的陰離子。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the following formula (AN1) is also preferred.

[化學式34] [Chemical formula 34]

式(AN1)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。 取代基並無特別限制,較佳為非拉電子基之基團。作為非拉電子基之基團,例如,可舉出烴基、羥基、氧烴基、氧羰基烴基、胺基、烴取代的胺基、及烴取代的醯胺基。 作為非拉電子基之基團,分別獨立地,較佳為-R’、-OH、-OR’、-OCOR’、-NH 2、-NR’ 2、-NHR’、或-NHCOR’。R’為一價的烴基。 In formula (AN1), R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a non-electron-pulling group. Examples of the non-electron-pulling group include alkyl, hydroxyl, oxoalkyl, oxycarbonylalkyl, amino, alkyl-substituted amino, and alkyl-substituted amide. The non-electron-pulling group is each independently preferably -R', -OH, -OR', -OCOR', -NH2 , -NR'2 , -NHR', or -NHCOR'. R' is a monovalent alkyl group.

作為由上述R’表示的一價的烴基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、及丁基等烷基;乙烯基、丙烯基、及丁烯基等烯基;乙炔基、丙炔基、及丁炔基等炔基等一價的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烴基;環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、降冰片基、及金剛烷基等環烷基;環丙烯基、環丁烯基、環戊烯基、及降冰片烯基等環烯基等一價的脂環烴基;苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、三甲苯基、萘基、甲基萘基、蒽基、及甲基蒽基等芳基;芐基、苯乙基、苯丙基、萘甲基、蒽甲基等芳烷基等一價的芳香族烴基。 其中,R 1及R 2,分別獨立地,較佳為烴基(較佳為環烷基)或氫原子。 As the monovalent alkyl group represented by the above R', for example, there can be mentioned alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl; alkenyl groups such as vinyl, propenyl, and butenyl; monovalent linear or branched alkyl groups such as alkynyl such as ethynyl, propynyl, and butynyl; cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and adamantyl; monovalent alicyclic alkyl groups such as cycloalkenyl groups such as cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, and norbornyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl, naphthyl, methylnaphthyl, anthracenyl, and methylanthryl; and monovalent aromatic alkyl groups such as aralkyl groups such as benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl, naphthylmethyl, and anthracenylmethyl. Wherein, R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably an alkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group) or a hydrogen atom.

L表示二價的連結基。 當存在複數個L時,L可以分別相同亦可以不同。 作為二價的連結基,例如,可舉出-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~6)、伸環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、伸烯基(較佳為碳數2〜6)、及將此等複數個組合而成的二價的連結基。其中,作為二價的連結基,較佳為-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-SO 2-、-O-CO-O-伸烷基-、-COO-伸烷基-、或-CONH-伸烷基-,更佳為-O-CO-O-、-O-CO-O-伸烷基-、-COO-、-CONH-、-SO 2-、或-COO-伸烷基-。 L represents a divalent linking group. When there are plural Ls, Ls may be the same or different. Examples of the divalent linking group include -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), cycloalkylene (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), alkenylene (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and divalent linking groups formed by combining plural of these groups. Among them, the divalent linking group is preferably -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -O-CO-O-alkylene-, -COO-alkylene-, or -CONH-alkylene-, and more preferably -O-CO-O-, -O-CO-O-alkylene-, -COO-, -CONH-, -SO 2 -, or -COO-alkylene-.

作為L,例如,較佳為由下述式(AN1-1)表示的基團。 * a-(CR 2a 2) X-Q-(CR 2b 2) Y-* b(AN1-1) As L, for example, a group represented by the following formula ( AN1-1 ) is preferred. * a- ( CR2a2 ) X - Q- ( CR2b2 ) Y- * b (AN1-1)

式(AN1-1)中,* a表示與式(AN1)中之R 3的鍵結位置。 * b表示與式(AN1)中之-C(R 1)(R 2)-的鍵結位置。 X及Y分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,較佳為0~3的整數。 R 2a及R 2b分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。 當分別存在複數個R 2a及R 2b時,存在複數個之R 2a及R 2b可以分別相同亦可以不同。 其中,當Y為1以上時,與式(AN1)中的-C(R 1)(R 2)-直接鍵結的CR 2b 2中的R 2b係氟原子以外者。 Q表示* A-O-CO-O-* B、* A-CO-* B、* A-CO-O-* B、* A-O-CO-* B、* A-O-* B、* A-S-* B、或* A-SO 2-* B。 其中,當式(AN1-1)中的X+Y為1以上,並且,式(AN1-1)中的R 2a及R 2b均為氫原子時,Q表示* A-O-CO-O-* B、* A-CO-* B、* A-O-CO-* B、* A-O-* B、* A-S-* B、或* A-SO 2-* B。 * A表示式(AN1)中之R 3側的鍵結位置,* B表示式(AN1)中之-SO 3 -側的鍵結位置。 In formula (AN1-1), * a represents a bonding position to R 3 in formula (AN1). * b represents a bonding position to -C(R 1 )(R 2 )- in formula (AN1). X and Y each independently represent an integer of 0 to 10, preferably an integer of 0 to 3. R 2a and R 2b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When there are plural R 2a and R 2b , the plural R 2a and R 2b may be the same or different. When Y is 1 or more, R 2b in CR 2b 2 directly bonding to -C(R 1 )(R 2 )- in formula (AN1) is other than a fluorine atom. Q represents * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -CO-O-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B , or * A -SO 2 -* B . When X+Y in formula (AN1-1) is 1 or more and R 2a and R 2b in formula (AN1-1) are both hydrogen atoms, Q represents * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B , or * A -SO 2 -* B . * A represents a bonding position on the R 3 side in formula (AN1), and * B represents a bonding position on the -SO 3 - side in formula (AN1).

式(AN1)中,R 3表示有機基。 上述有機基只要具有一個以上的碳原子,則並無特別限制,可以為直鏈狀的基團(例如,直鏈狀的烷基)、支鏈狀的基團(例如,第三丁基等支鏈狀的烷基),亦可以為環狀的基團。上述有機基可以具有取代基,亦可以不具有取代基。上述有機基可以具有雜原子(氧原子、硫原子及/或氮原子等),亦可以不具有雜原子。 In formula (AN1), R 3 represents an organic group. The organic group is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more carbon atoms, and may be a linear group (e.g., a linear alkyl group), a branched group (e.g., a branched alkyl group such as tert-butyl group), or a cyclic group. The organic group may or may not have a substituent. The organic group may or may not have a foreign atom (e.g., an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and/or a nitrogen atom).

其中,R 3較佳為具有環狀結構的有機基。上述環狀結構可以為單環亦可以為多環,亦可以具有取代基。包含環狀結構的有機基中的環較佳為與式(AN1)中的L直接鍵結。 具有上述環狀結構的有機基,例如,可以具有雜原子(氧原子、硫原子及/或氮原子等),亦可以不具有雜原子。雜原子可以取代形成環狀結構的一個以上的碳原子。 具有上述環狀結構的有機基,例如,較佳為環狀結構的烴基、內酯環基、及磺內酯環基。其中,具有上述環狀結構的有機基,較佳為具有環狀結構的烴基。 上述環狀結構的烴基,較佳為單環或多環的環烷基。此等基團可以具有取代基。 上述環烷基可以為單環(環己基等)或多環(金剛烷基等),碳數較佳為5~12。 作為上述內酯基及磺內酯基,例如,在由上述式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)表示的結構及由式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)表示的結構的任一結構中,較佳為從構成內酯結構或磺內酯結構的環員原子中去除一個氫原子而成的基團。 Among them, R3 is preferably an organic group having a cyclic structure. The above-mentioned cyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may also have a substituent. The ring in the organic group containing a cyclic structure is preferably directly bonded to L in formula (AN1). The organic group having the above-mentioned cyclic structure may, for example, have heteroatoms (oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms and/or nitrogen atoms, etc.), or may not have heteroatoms. The heteroatoms may replace one or more carbon atoms forming the cyclic structure. The organic group having the above-mentioned cyclic structure is, for example, preferably a cyclic alkyl group, a lactone ring group, and a sultone ring group. Among them, the organic group having the above-mentioned cyclic structure is preferably a cyclic alkyl group. The alkyl group of the cyclic structure is preferably a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. Such groups may have a substituent. The cycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic group (cyclohexyl group, etc.) or a polycyclic group (adamantyl group, etc.), and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 to 12. As the lactone group and the sultone group, for example, in any of the structures represented by the above formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) and the structures represented by the formulae (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom constituting the lactone structure or the sultone structure is preferred.

作為非親核性陰離子,可以為苯磺酸陰離子,較佳為被支鏈狀的烷基或環烷基取代的苯磺酸陰離子。The non-nucleophilic anion may be a benzenesulfonic acid anion, preferably a benzenesulfonic acid anion substituted with a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.

作為非親核性陰離子,亦較佳為由下述式(AN2)表示的陰離子。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the following formula (AN2) is also preferred.

[化學式35] [Chemical formula 35]

式(AN2)中,o表示1~3的整數。p表示0~10的整數。q表示0~10的整數。In formula (AN2), o represents an integer from 1 to 3. p represents an integer from 0 to 10. q represents an integer from 0 to 10.

Xf表示氫原子、氟原子、被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基、或不具有氟原子的有機基。該烷基的碳數,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~4。作為被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基,較佳為全氟烷基。 Xf較佳為氟原子或碳數1~4之全氟烷基,更佳為氟原子或CF 3,進一步較佳為兩者的Xf均為氟原子。 Xf represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, or an organic group having no fluorine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 4. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 , and more preferably both Xf are fluorine atoms.

R 4及R 5分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、烷基、或被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基。當存在複數個R 4及R 5時,R 4及R 5可以分別相同亦可以不同。 由R 4及R 5表示的烷基,較佳為碳數1~4。上述烷基可以具有取代基。作為R 4及R 5,較佳為氫原子。 R4 and R5 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When there are plural R4 and R5 , R4 and R5 may be the same or different. The alkyl group represented by R4 and R5 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The above alkyl group may have a substituent. As R4 and R5 , a hydrogen atom is preferred.

L表示二價的連結基。L的定義與式(AN1)中的L同義。L represents a divalent linking group. The definition of L is the same as that of L in formula (AN1).

W表示含有環狀結構的有機基。其中,較佳為環狀有機基。 作為環狀有機基,例如,可舉出脂環基、芳基及雜環基。 脂環基可以為單環,亦可以為多環。作為單環的脂環基,例如,可舉出環戊基、環己基、及環辛基等單環的環烷基。作為多環的脂環基,例如,可舉出降冰片基、三環癸基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基、及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。其中,較佳為降冰片基、三環癸基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等碳數7以上的具有大體積結構的脂環基。 W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure. Among them, a cyclic organic group is preferred. As the cyclic organic group, for example, an alicyclic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group can be cited. The alicyclic group can be monocyclic or polycyclic. As a monocyclic alicyclic group, for example, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl can be cited. As a polycyclic alicyclic group, for example, polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl can be cited. Among them, preferred are alicyclic groups with a bulk structure and having more than 7 carbon atoms, such as norbornyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl.

芳基可以為單環或多環。作為上述芳基,例如,可舉出苯基、萘基、菲基、及蒽基。 雜環基可以為單環或多環。其中,為多環的雜環基時,能夠進一步抑制酸的擴散。雜環基可以具有芳香族性,亦可以不具有芳香族性。作為具有芳香族性的雜環,例如,可舉出呋喃環、噻吩環、苯並呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、二苯並呋喃環、二苯並噻吩環及吡啶環。作為不具有芳香族性的雜環,例如,可舉出四氫吡喃環、內酯環、磺內酯環、及十氫異喹啉環。作為雜環基中的雜環,較佳為呋喃環、噻吩環、吡啶環、或十氫異喹啉環。 The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, naphthyl, phenanthrenyl, and anthracenyl. The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Among them, when the heterocyclic group is polycyclic, the diffusion of the acid can be further suppressed. The heterocyclic group may be aromatic or non-aromatic. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, and pyridine ring. Examples of the non-aromatic heterocyclic group include tetrahydropyran ring, lactone ring, sultone ring, and decahydroisoquinoline ring. As the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is preferred.

上述環狀有機基可以具有取代基。作為上述取代基,例如,可舉出烷基(可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一者,較佳為碳數1~12)、環烷基(可以為單環、多環、及螺環中之任一者,較佳為碳數3~20)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~14)、羥基、烷氧基、酯基、醯胺基、胺基甲酸酯基、脲基、硫醚基、磺醯胺基、及磺酸酯基。此外,構成環狀有機基的碳(有助於環形成的碳)亦可以為羰基碳。The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (may be any of a linear and branched group, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (may be any of a monocyclic, polycyclic, and spirocyclic group, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonate group. In addition, the carbon (carbon that contributes to the formation of the ring) constituting the cyclic organic group may also be a carbonyl carbon.

作為由式(AN2)表示的陰離子,較佳為SO 3 --CF 2-CH 2-OCO-(L) q’-W、SO 3 --CF 2-CHF-CH 2-OCO-(L) q’-W、SO 3 --CF 2-COO-(L) q’-W、SO 3 --CF 2-CF 2-CH 2-CH 2-(L) q-W、或SO 3 --CF 2-CH(CF 3)-OCO-(L) q’-W。在此,L、q及W與式(AN2)相同。q’表示0~10的整數。 The anion represented by the formula (AN2) is preferably SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO-(L) q' -W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO-(L) q' -W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO-(L) q' -W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -(L) q -W, or SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH(CF 3 )-OCO-(L) q' -W. Here, L, q and W are the same as those in the formula (AN2). q' represents an integer of 0 to 10.

作為非親核性陰離子,亦較佳為由下述式(AN3)表示的芳香族磺酸陰離子。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an aromatic sulfonic acid anion represented by the following formula (AN3) is also preferred.

[化學式36] [Chemical formula 36]

式(AN3)中,Ar表示芳基(苯基等),可以進一步具有磺酸陰離子及-(D-B)基以外的取代基。作為可以進一步具有的取代基,例如,可舉出氟原子及羥基。 n表示0以上的整數。作為n,較佳為1~4,更佳為2~3,進一步較佳為3。 In formula (AN3), Ar represents an aromatic group (phenyl group, etc.), and may further have a substituent other than a sulfonic acid anion and a -(D-B) group. Examples of the substituent that may be further possessed include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group. n represents an integer greater than 0. As n, 1 to 4 is preferred, 2 to 3 is more preferred, and 3 is further preferred.

D表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,可舉出醚基、硫醚基、羰基、亞碸基、碸基、磺酸酯基、酯基、及由此等兩種以上之組合構成的基團。D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfide group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfonate group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more of these groups.

B表示烴基。 作為B,較佳為脂肪族烴基,更佳為異丙基、環己基、或可以進一步具有取代基的芳基(三環己基苯基等)。 B represents an alkyl group. As B, an aliphatic alkyl group is preferred, and an isopropyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or an aryl group which may further have a substituent (such as tricyclohexylphenyl) is more preferred.

作為非親核性陰離子,亦較佳為二磺醯胺陰離子。 例如,二磺醯胺陰離子為由N -(SO 2-R q) 2表示的陰離子。 在此,R q表示可以具有取代基的烷基,較佳為氟烷基,更佳為全氟烷基。兩個R q可以相互鍵結而形成環。兩個R q相互鍵結而形成的基團,較佳為可以具有取代基的伸烷基,佳為氟伸烷基,進一步較佳為全氟伸烷基。上述伸烷基的碳數較佳為2~4。 As the non-nucleophilic anion, a disulfonamide anion is also preferred. For example, the disulfonamide anion is an anion represented by N- ( SO2 - Rq ) 2 . Here, Rq represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, preferably a fluoroalkyl group, and more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Two Rq groups may bond to each other to form a ring. The group formed by two Rq groups bonding to each other is preferably an alkylene group which may have a substituent, preferably a fluoroalkylene group, and more preferably a perfluoroalkylene group. The carbon number of the above alkylene group is preferably 2 to 4.

又,作為非親核性陰離子,亦可舉出由下述式(d1-1)~(d1-4)表示的陰離子。Examples of non-nucleophilic anions include anions represented by the following formulae (d1-1) to (d1-4).

[化學式37] [Chemical formula 37]

[化學式38] [Chemical formula 38]

式(d1-1)中,R 51表示可以具有取代基(例如,羥基)的烴基(例如,苯基等芳基)。 In formula (d1-1), R 51 represents a alkyl group (eg, an aryl group such as a phenyl group) which may have a substituent (eg, a hydroxy group).

式(d1-2)中,Z 2c表示可以具有取代基的碳數1~30之烴基(其中,與S相鄰的碳原子未被氟原子所取代)。 Z 2c中的上述烴基可以為直鏈狀亦可以為支鏈狀,亦可以具有環狀結構。又,上述烴基中的碳原子(較佳為上述烴基具有環狀結構時的、作為環員原子的碳原子)可以為羰基碳(-CO-)。作為上述烴基,例如,可舉出具有可以具有取代基的降冰片基的基團。形成上述降冰片基的碳原子可以為羰基碳。 式(d1-2)中的「Z 2c-SO 3 -」較佳為與由上述的式(AN1)~(AN3)表示的陰離子相異。例如,Z 2c較佳為芳基以外者。例如,Z 2c中相對於-SO 3 -,α位及β位的原子較佳為具有氟原子作為取代基的碳原子以外的原子。例如,Z 2c中相對於-SO 3 -,α位的原子及/或β位的原子較佳為環狀基中的環員原子。 In formula (d1-2), Z 2c represents a alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (wherein the carbon atom adjacent to S is not substituted by a fluorine atom). The alkyl group in Z 2c may be a straight chain or a branched chain, or may have a cyclic structure. Furthermore, the carbon atom in the alkyl group (preferably a carbon atom as a ring member atom when the alkyl group has a cyclic structure) may be a carbonyl carbon (-CO-). As the alkyl group, for example, a group having a norbornyl group which may have a substituent can be cited. The carbon atom forming the norbornyl group may be a carbonyl carbon. "Z 2c -SO 3 - " in formula (d1-2) is preferably different from the anion represented by the above formulas (AN1) to (AN3). For example, Z 2c is preferably other than an aryl group. For example, the atoms at the α-position and β-position relative to -SO 3 - in Z 2c are preferably atoms other than a carbon atom having a fluorine atom as a substituent. For example, the atom at the α-position and/or the atom at the β-position relative to -SO 3 - in Z 2c are preferably ring member atoms in a cyclic group.

式(d1-3)中,R 52表示有機基(較佳為具有氟原子的烴基),Y 3為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的伸烷基、伸芳基、或羰基,Rf表示烴基。 In formula (d1-3), R 52 represents an organic group (preferably a alkyl group having a fluorine atom), Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group, arylene group or carbonyl group, and Rf represents a alkyl group.

式(d1-4)中,R 53及R 54分別獨立地表示有機基(較佳為具有氟原子的烴基)。R 53及R 54可以相互鍵結而形成環。 In formula (d1-4), R 53 and R 54 each independently represent an organic group (preferably a alkyl group having a fluorine atom). R 53 and R 54 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

有機陰離子可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。The organic anions may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

鹽(C)較佳為具有藉由酸的作用分解的基團。 鹽(C)較佳為由下述通式(U1)表示的化合物。 The salt (C) preferably has a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid. The salt (C) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (U1).

[化學式39] [Chemical formula 39]

通式(U1)中,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基。當存在複數個L時,複數個L可以相同,亦可以不同。 A表示藉由酸的作用分解的基團。當存在複數個A時,複數個A可以相同,亦可以不同。 n表示1~5的整數。 X表示n+1價的連結基。 M +表示鋶離子或碘鎓離子。 In the general formula (U1), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. When there are plural Ls, the plural Ls may be the same or different. A represents a group decomposed by the action of an acid. When there are plural A's, the plural A's may be the same or different. n represents an integer of 1 to 5. X represents an n+1 valent linking group. M + represents a sirconium ion or an iodonium ion.

通式(U1)中,X表示n+1價的連結基。 作為X所表示的連結基並無特別限定,例如,可舉出脂肪族基(可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀中之任一者)、芳香族基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、及將此等之兩個以上的基團組合而成的基團。 作為上述脂肪族基,較佳為去除烷基(可以為直鏈狀亦可以為支鏈狀,較佳為碳數1~20,更佳為碳數1~10之烷基)的n個氫原子而成的基團,及去除環烷基(可以為單環亦可以為多環,較佳為碳數3~20,更佳為碳數5~10之環烷基)的n個氫原子而成的基團。 上述脂肪族基可以具有取代基,作為取代基,例如,可舉出上述取代基T。 上述脂肪族基可以在碳-碳原子之間具有雜原子(例如,硫原子、氧原子、氮原子等)。 In the general formula (U1), X represents an n+1 valent linking group. The linking group represented by X is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include aliphatic groups (which may be linear, branched, or cyclic), aromatic groups, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, and groups formed by combining two or more of these groups. As the above-mentioned aliphatic group, a group formed by removing n hydrogen atoms from an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), and a group formed by removing n hydrogen atoms from a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms) are preferred. The above-mentioned aliphatic group may have a substituent, and as a substituent, for example, the above-mentioned substituent T can be cited. The above-mentioned aliphatic group may have a foreign atom (for example, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.) between carbon-carbon atoms.

作為上述芳香族基,較佳為去除芳基(較佳為碳數6~20、更佳為碳數6~18之芳基。又,上述芳基還較佳為碳數6~10之芳基。作為上述芳基之具體例,例如可舉出苯基,三聯苯基等。)的n個氫原子而成的基團。 上述芳香族基可以具有取代基,作為取代基,例如,可舉出上述取代基T。 上述芳香族基在碳-碳原子之間具有雜原子(例如,硫原子、氧原子、氮原子等)。 As the above aromatic group, it is preferably a group formed by removing n hydrogen atoms from an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. Moreover, the above aryl group is more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. As specific examples of the above aryl group, for example, phenyl, terphenyl, etc. can be cited.) The above aromatic group may have a substituent, and as a substituent, for example, the above substituent T can be cited. The above aromatic group has a heteroatom (for example, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.) between carbon-carbon atoms.

X較佳為n+1價的芳香族基。X is preferably an n+1 valent aromatic group.

通式(U1)中,n表示1~5的整數,較佳為表示1~3的整數,更佳為表示2或3,進一步較佳為表示3。In the general formula (U1), n represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 2 or 3, and even more preferably 3.

通式(U1)中,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 作為L所表示的二價的連結基並無特別限定,例如,可舉出脂肪族基(可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀中之任一者)、芳香族基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、及將此等之兩個以上的基團組合而成的基團。 作為上述脂肪族基,較佳為伸烷基(可以為直鏈狀亦可以為支鏈狀,較佳為碳數1~20之伸烷基,更佳為碳數1~10之伸烷基)、及伸環烷基(可以為單環亦可以為多環,較佳為碳數3~20),更佳為碳數5~10之伸環烷基)。 上述脂肪族基可以具有取代基,作為取代基,例如,可舉出上述取代基T。 上述脂肪族基可以在碳-碳原子之間具有雜原子(例如,硫原子、氧原子、氮原子等)。 In the general formula (U1), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by L is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include aliphatic groups (which may be linear, branched, or cyclic), aromatic groups, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, and groups formed by combining two or more of these groups. As the above-mentioned aliphatic group, preferably an alkylene group (which may be linear or branched, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkylene group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms). The above-mentioned aliphatic group may have a substituent, and as a substituent, for example, the above-mentioned substituent T can be cited. The above-mentioned aliphatic group may have a foreign atom (for example, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.) between carbon-carbon atoms.

作為上述芳香族基,較佳為伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~20、更佳為碳數6~10之伸芳基)。 上述芳香族基可以具有取代基,作為取代基,例如,可舉出上述取代基T。 上述芳香族基在碳-碳原子之間具有雜原子(例如,硫原子、氧原子、氮原子等)。 As the above aromatic group, an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms) is preferred. The above aromatic group may have a substituent, and as a substituent, for example, the above substituent T can be cited. The above aromatic group has a heteroatom (for example, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.) between carbon atoms.

L較佳為伸芳基。L is preferably an arylene group.

通式(U1)中,A表示藉由酸的作用分解的基團。 作為A所表示的藉由酸的作用分解的基團(酸分解性基)並無特別限定,例如,可舉出上述樹脂(A)中記載之酸分解性基。酸分解性基較佳為具有極性基被藉由酸的作用分解並脫離的基團(脫離基)保護之結構。作為極性基,較佳為羧基、酚性羥基、醇性羥基。 In the general formula (U1), A represents a group that decomposes by the action of an acid. The group that decomposes by the action of an acid (acid-decomposable group) represented by A is not particularly limited, and for example, the acid-decomposable group described in the above-mentioned resin (A) can be cited. The acid-decomposable group is preferably a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group (dissociation group) that is decomposed and released by the action of an acid. As the polar group, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and an alcoholic hydroxyl group are preferred.

M +表示鋶離子或碘鎓離子,具體例及較佳範圍與上述通式(T1)中的G m+表示鋶離子或碘鎓離子時的具體例及較佳範圍相同。 M + represents a coronium ion or an iodonium ion, and specific examples and preferred ranges are the same as those when Gm + in the above general formula (T1) represents a coronium ion or an iodonium ion.

鹽(C)較佳為由下述通式(U2)表示的化合物。The salt (C) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (U2).

[化學式40] [Chemical formula 40]

通式(U2)中,L、A、n及M +分別表示與通式(U1)中的L、A、n及M +相同含義。 In the general formula (U2), L, A, n and M + have the same meanings as L, A, n and M + in the general formula (U1), respectively.

鹽(C),可以為選自由化合物(I)~(II)所組成之群組中的至少一種。The salt (C) may be at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds (I) to (II).

(化合物(I)) 化合物(I)係具有一個以上下述結構部位X及一個以上下述結構部位Y的化合物,且係藉由光化射線或放射線之照射,產生包含源自下述結構部位X的下述第一酸性部位和源自下述結構部位Y的下述第二酸性部位的酸的化合物。 結構部位X:由陰離子部位A 1 -和陽離子部位M 1 +組成,並且藉由光化射線或放射線之照射形成由HA 1表示的第一酸性部位的結構部位 結構部位Y:由陰離子部位A 2 -和陽離子部位M 2 +組成,並且藉由光化射線或放射線之照射形成由HA 2表示的第二酸性部位的結構部位 上述化合物(I)滿足下述條件I。 (Compound (I)) Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural sites X and one or more of the following structural sites Y, and is a compound that generates an acid comprising the following first acid site derived from the following structural site X and the following second acid site derived from the following structural site Y by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Structural site X: A structural site composed of anionic site A 1 - and cationic site M 1 + , and forming a first acid site represented by HA 1 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Structural site Y: A structural site composed of anionic site A 2 - and cationic site M 2 + , and forming a second acid site represented by HA 2 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. The above compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.

條件I:在上述化合物(I)中,將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +及上述結構部位Y中的上述陽離子部位M 2 +取代為H +而成的化合物PI,具有源自將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +取代為H +而成的由HA 1表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1和源自將上述結構部位Y中的上述陽離子部位M 2 +取代為H +而成的由HA 2表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a2,並且上述酸解離常數a2大於上述酸解離常數a1。 Condition I: In the above compound (I), the compound PI formed by replacing the cationic site M1 + in the above structural site X and the cationic site M2 + in the above structural site Y with H + has an acid dissociation constant a1 of the acidic site represented by HA1 derived from replacing the cationic site M1 + in the above structural site X with H + and an acid dissociation constant a2 of the acidic site represented by HA2 derived from replacing the cationic site M2 + in the above structural site Y with H + , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1.

以下,將對條件I進行更具體的說明。 當化合物(I),例如,為產生具有一個源自上述結構部位X的上述第一酸性部位和一個源自上述結構部位Y的上述第二酸性部位的酸的化合物時,化合物PI相當於「具有HA 1和HA 2的化合物」。 所謂化合物PI之酸解離常數a1及酸解離常數a2,更具體而言,係在求出了化合物PI之酸解離常數之情況下,化合物PI成為「具有A 1 -和HA 2的化合物」時的pKa為酸解離常數a1,上述「具有A 1 -和HA 2的化合物」成為「具有A 1 -和A 2 -的化合物」時的pKa為酸解離常數a2。 The condition I will be described in more detail below. When compound (I), for example, is a compound that produces an acid having one of the first acid sites derived from the structural site X and one of the second acid sites derived from the structural site Y, compound PI is equivalent to a "compound having HA 1 and HA 2 ". The acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 of compound PI are more specifically, when the acid dissociation constant of compound PI is obtained, the pKa of compound PI when it becomes a "compound having A 1 - and HA 2 " is the acid dissociation constant a1, and the pKa of the "compound having A 1 - and HA 2 " when it becomes a "compound having A 1 - and A 2 - " is the acid dissociation constant a2.

當化合物(I),例如,為產生具有兩個源自上述結構部位X的上述第一酸性部位和一個源自上述結構部位Y的上述第二酸性部位的酸的化合物時,化合物PI相當於「具有兩個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」。 在求出了化合物PI之酸解離常數之情況下,化合物PI成為「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」時的酸解離常數及「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」成為「具有兩個A 1 -和一個HA 2的化合物」時的酸解離常數相當於上述的酸解離常數a1。當「具有兩個A 1 -和一個HA 2的化合物」成為「具有兩個A 1 -和A 2 -的化合物」時的酸解離常數相當於酸解離常數a2。亦即,在化合物PI之情況下,將源自上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +取代為H +而成的由HA 1表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數存在複數個時,酸解離常數a2的值大於複數個酸解離常數a1中的最大值。此外,當將化合物PI成為「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1及一個HA 2的化合物」時的酸解離常數設為aa、並將「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1及一個HA 2的化合物」成為「具有兩個A 1 -及一個HA 2的化合物」時的酸解離常數設為ab時,aa與ab的關係滿足aa<ab。 When compound (I) is, for example, a compound that produces an acid having two of the first acid sites derived from the structural site X and one of the second acid sites derived from the structural site Y, compound PI is equivalent to "a compound having two HA 1's and one HA 2 ". When the acid dissociation constant of compound PI is obtained, the acid dissociation constant when compound PI becomes "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " and the acid dissociation constant when "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " becomes "a compound having two A 1 -s and one HA 2 " are equivalent to the above-mentioned acid dissociation constant a1. The acid dissociation constant when the "compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " becomes the "compound having two A 1 - and A 2 - " is equivalent to the acid dissociation constant a2. That is, in the case of compound PI, when there are a plurality of acid dissociation constants of the acidic site represented by HA 1 obtained by replacing the cationic site M 1 + in the structural site X with H + , the value of the acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the maximum value of the plurality of acid dissociation constants a1. Furthermore, when the acid dissociation constant when compound PI is "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " is aa, and the acid dissociation constant when "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " is "a compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " is ab, the relationship between aa and ab satisfies aa<ab.

酸解離常數a1及酸解離常數a2可藉由上述的酸解離常數之測定方法而求出。 上述化合物PI相當於對化合物(I)照射光化射線或放射線時產生的酸。 當化合物(I)具有兩個以上的結構部位X時,結構部位X可以分別相同亦可以不同。又,兩個以上的上述A 1 -及兩個以上的上述M 1 +可以分別相同亦可以不同。 化合物(I)中,上述A 1 -及上述A 2 -、以及上述M 1 +及上述M 2 +可以分別相同亦可以不同,但上述A 1 -及上述A 2 -較佳為分別不同。 The acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 can be determined by the above-mentioned method for determining the acid dissociation constant. The compound PI is equivalent to the acid generated when the compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. When the compound (I) has two or more structural parts X, the structural parts X may be the same or different. Furthermore, the two or more A 1 - and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different. In the compound (I), the A 1 - and the A 2 - , and the M 1 + and the M 2 + may be the same or different, but the A 1 - and the A 2 - are preferably different.

在上述化合物PI中,酸解離常數a1(存在複數個酸解離常數a1時為最大值)與酸解離常數a2之差(絕對值),較佳為0.1以上,更佳為0.5以上,進一步較佳為1.0以上。此外,酸解離常數a1(存在複數個酸解離常數a1時為最大值)與酸解離常數a2之差(絕對值)的上限值並無特別限制,例如,為16以下。In the above compound PI, the difference (absolute value) between the acid dissociation constant a1 (the maximum value when there are multiple acid dissociation constants a1) and the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.5 or more, and further preferably 1.0 or more. In addition, the upper limit of the difference (absolute value) between the acid dissociation constant a1 (the maximum value when there are multiple acid dissociation constants a1) and the acid dissociation constant a2 is not particularly limited, for example, 16 or less.

在上述化合物PI中,酸解離常數a2較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下。作為酸解離常數a2的下限值,較佳為-4以上。In the above compound PI, the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 15 or less. The lower limit of the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably -4 or more.

在上述化合物PI中,酸解離常數a1較佳為小於鹽(B)的陰離子的共軛酸的pKa。酸解離常數a1與鹽(B)的陰離子的共軛酸的pKa之差的絕對值較佳為0.1以上且小於20,更佳為1以上且小於15,特佳為2以上且小於10。In the above compound PI, the acid dissociation constant a1 is preferably less than the pKa of the conjugated acid of the anion of the salt (B). The absolute value of the difference between the acid dissociation constant a1 and the pKa of the conjugated acid of the anion of the salt (B) is preferably 0.1 or more and less than 20, more preferably 1 or more and less than 15, and particularly preferably 2 or more and less than 10.

陰離子部位A 1 -及陰離子部位A 2 -係含有帶負電荷的原子或原子團的結構部位,例如,可舉出選自由以下所示的式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及式(BB-1)~(BB-6)所組成之群組中的結構部位。 作為陰離子部位A 1 -,較佳為可形成酸解離常數小的酸性部位者,其中,更佳為式(AA-1)~(AA-3)中之任一者,進一步較佳為式(AA-1)及(AA-3)中之任一者。 又,作為陰離子部位A 2 -,較佳為可形成酸解離常數比陰離子部位A 1 -大的酸性部位者,更佳為式(BB-1)~(BB-6)中之任一者,進一步較佳為式(BB-1)及(BB-4)中之任一者。 此外,在以下的式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及式(BB-1)~(BB-6)中,*表示鍵結位置。 式(AA-2)中,R A表示一價的有機基。由R A表示的一價的有機基並無特別限制,例如,可舉出氰基、三氟甲基及甲磺醯基。 The anionic site A 1 - and the anionic site A 2 - are structural sites containing negatively charged atoms or atomic groups, and examples thereof include structural sites selected from the group consisting of formulae (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formulae (BB-1) to (BB-6) shown below. The anionic site A 1 - is preferably a site that can form an acidic site with a small acid dissociation constant, more preferably any one of formulae (AA-1) to (AA-3), and even more preferably any one of formulae (AA-1) and (AA-3). As the anionic site A2- , it is preferred that the anionic site can form an acidic site having a larger acid dissociation constant than the anionic site A1- , more preferably any one of formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6), and further preferably any one of formulas (BB-1) and (BB-4). In the following formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and (BB-1) to (BB-6), * represents a bonding position. In formula (AA-2), RA represents a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group represented by RA is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include cyano, trifluoromethyl, and methanesulfonyl.

[化學式41] [Chemical formula 41]

[化學式42] [Chemical formula 42]

陽離子部位M 1 +及陽離子部位M 2 +係包含帶正電荷的原子或原子團之結構部位,例如,可舉出電荷為一價的有機陽離子。此外,作為有機陽離子,例如,可舉出由上述的G 1 +表示的有機陽離子。 The cationic site M1 + and the cationic site M2 + are structural sites containing positively charged atoms or atomic groups, and examples thereof include organic cations having a univalent charge. Examples of organic cations include those represented by G1 + described above.

(化合物(II)) 化合物(II)係具有兩個以上的上述結構部位X及一個以上的下述結構部位Z的化合物,且係藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而產生包含兩個以上的源自上述結構部位X的第一酸性部位和上述結構部位Z的酸的化合物。 結構部位Z:能夠中和酸的非離子性之部位。 (Compound (II)) Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural sites X and one or more of the following structural sites Z, and is a compound that generates an acid including two or more first acid sites derived from the above structural site X and the above structural site Z by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Structural site Z: a non-ionic site capable of neutralizing an acid.

化合物(II)中,結構部位X的定義以及A 1 -及M 1 +的定義與上述的化合物(I)中的結構部位X的定義以及A 1 -及M 1 +的定義同義,並且較佳態樣亦相同。 In compound (II), the definitions of the structural part X and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + are the same as the definitions of the structural part X and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (I) above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.

在上述化合物(II)中,在將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +取代為H +而成的化合物PII中,源自將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +取代為H +而成的由HA 1表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1的較佳範圍與上述化合物PI中的酸解離常數a1相同。 此外,例如,當化合物(II)為產生具有兩個源自上述結構部位X的上述第一酸性部位及上述結構部位Z的酸之化合物時,化合物PII相當於「具有兩個HA 1的化合物」。在求出了該化合物PII的酸解離常數之情況下,化合物PII成為「具有一個A 1 -和一個HA 1的化合物」時的酸解離常數及「具有一個A 1 -和一個HA 1的化合物」成為「具有兩個A 1 -的化合物」時的酸解離常數,相當於酸解離常數a1。 In the compound (II), in the compound PII in which the cationic site M1 + in the structural site X is substituted with H + , the preferred range of the acid dissociation constant a1 of the acidic site represented by HA1 derived from the substitution of the cationic site M1 + in the structural site X with H + is the same as the acid dissociation constant a1 in the compound PI. In addition, for example, when the compound (II) is a compound that generates an acid having two first acidic sites derived from the structural site X and the structural site Z, the compound PII is equivalent to a "compound having two HA1 ". When the acid dissociation constant of the compound PII is obtained, the acid dissociation constant when the compound PII becomes a "compound having one A 1 - and one HA 1 " and the acid dissociation constant when the "compound having one A 1 - and one HA 1 " becomes a "compound having two A 1 - " are equivalent to the acid dissociation constant a1.

酸解離常數a1可藉由上述的酸解離常數的測定方法而求出。 上述化合物PII相當於對化合物(II)照射光化射線或放射線時所產生的酸。 此外,上述兩個以上的結構部位X可以分別相同亦可以不同。兩個以上的上述A 1 -及兩個以上的上述M 1 +可以分別相同亦可以不同。 The acid dissociation constant a1 can be determined by the above-mentioned method for determining the acid dissociation constant. The compound PII is equivalent to the acid generated when compound (II) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. In addition, the two or more structural parts X may be the same or different. The two or more A 1 - and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.

作為能夠中和結構部位Z中的酸的非離子性之部位並無特別限制,例如,較佳為含有能夠與質子靜電相互作用的基團或具有電子的官能基的部位。 作為能夠與質子靜電相互作用的基團或具有電子的官能基,例如,可舉出環狀聚醚等具有大環結構的官能基或具有含有無助於π共軛的非共用電子對的氮原子的官能基。具有無助於π共軛之非共用電子對的氮原子係指,例如,具有下述式所示的部分結構之氮原子。 The non-ionic part capable of neutralizing the acid in the structural part Z is not particularly limited, and for example, it is preferably a part containing a group capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton or a functional group having an electron. As the group capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton or the functional group having an electron, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether or a functional group having a nitrogen atom containing a non-shared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation can be cited. The nitrogen atom having a non-shared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation refers to, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.

[化學式43] 非共用電子對 [Chemical formula 43] Unshared electron pairs

作為能夠與質子靜電相互作用的基團或具有電子的官能基的部分結構,例如,可舉出冠醚結構、氮雜冠醚結構、1~3級胺結構、吡啶結構、咪唑結構及吡嗪結構,其中,較佳為1~3級胺結構。Examples of the partial structure of the group capable of electrostatically interacting with protons or the functional group having electrons include crown ether structure, nitrogen-doped crown ether structure, primary to tertiary amine structure, pyridine structure, imidazole structure and pyrazine structure, among which primary to tertiary amine structure is preferred.

例示出化合物(I)及化合物(II)可能具有的陽離子以外的部位,但不限定於此。The sites other than cations that Compound (I) and Compound (II) may have are exemplified, but are not limited thereto.

[化學式44] [Chemical formula 44]

[化學式45] [Chemical formula 45]

以下示出鹽(C)之具體例,但不限定於此。Specific examples of the salt (C) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

[化學式46] [Chemical formula 46]

[化學式47] [Chemical formula 47]

當本發明之組成物含有鹽(C)時,鹽(C)之含量,相對於本發明之組成物的總固體成分,較佳為0.5質量%以上,更佳為1.0質量%以上。鹽(B)之含量,相對於本發明之組成物的總固體成分,較佳為50.0質量%以下,更佳為30.0質量%以下,進一步較佳為25.0質量%以下。 鹽(C)可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,較佳為其總含量在上述較佳含量範圍內。 When the composition of the present invention contains salt (C), the content of salt (C) is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The content of salt (B) is preferably 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less, and further preferably 25.0% by mass or less, relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. Salt (C) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more salts are used, it is preferred that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.

[酸擴散控制劑] 如上所述,鹽(B)可以起到酸擴散控制劑的作用,但本發明之組成物除了鹽(B)之外,還可以進一步含有酸擴散控制劑。 酸擴散控制劑作為猝滅劑發揮作用,該淬滅劑捕獲曝光時從光酸產生劑(例如,鹽(C)等)等產生的酸,並抑制因多餘的產生酸引起之未曝光部中的酸分解性樹脂的反應。 酸擴散控制劑之種類並無特別限制,例如,可舉出鹼性化合物(DA)、具有氮原子並且具有藉由酸的作用而脫離的基團的低分子化合物(DB)、及藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而酸擴散控制能力降低或消失的化合物(DC)。 作為化合物(DC),可舉出相對於從光酸產生劑(例如,鹽(C)等)產生的酸而言成為相對弱酸的酸的鎓鹽化合物(DD)、及藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而鹼性降低或消失的鹼性化合物(DE)。 作為鹼性化合物(DA)的具體例,例如,可舉出國際公開第2020/066824號之段落[0132]~[0136]中所記載者,作為藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而鹼性降低或消失的鹼性化合物(DE)之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2020/066824號之段落[0137]~[0155]中所記載者、及國際公開第2020/066824號公報之段落[0164]中所記載者,作為具有氮原子並且具有藉由酸的作用而脫離的基團的低分子化合物(DB)之具體例,可舉出國際公開第2020/066824號之段落[0156]~[0163]中所記載者。 作為相對於光酸產生劑而言成為相對弱酸的鎓鹽化合物(DD)之具體例,例如,可舉出國際公開第2020/158337號之段落[0305]~[0314]中所記載者。 [Acid diffusion control agent] As described above, the salt (B) can function as an acid diffusion control agent, but the composition of the present invention may further contain an acid diffusion control agent in addition to the salt (B). The acid diffusion control agent functions as a quencher that captures the acid generated from the photoacid generator (e.g., salt (C)) during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed portion due to the excess generated acid. The type of the acid diffusion control agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include alkaline compounds (DA), low molecular weight compounds (DB) having nitrogen atoms and having groups that are released by the action of an acid, and compounds (DC) whose acid diffusion control ability is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. As the compound (DC), there can be cited an onium salt compound (DD) that is a relatively weak acid relative to an acid generated from a photoacid generator (e.g., salt (C) etc.), and an alkaline compound (DE) whose alkalinity is reduced or disappears by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. As specific examples of the alkaline compound (DA), for example, those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of International Publication No. 2020/066824 can be cited. As specific examples of the alkaline compound (DE) whose alkalinity is reduced or disappears by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, there can be cited paragraphs [0137] to [0138] of International Publication No. 2020/066824. [0155] and described in paragraph [0164] of International Publication No. 2020/066824. As specific examples of low molecular weight compounds (DB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is released by the action of an acid, those described in paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of International Publication No. 2020/066824 can be cited. As specific examples of onium salt compounds (DD) that are relatively weak acids relative to the photoacid generator, for example, those described in paragraphs [0305] to [0314] of International Publication No. 2020/158337 can be cited.

除了上述之外,例如,可較佳地使用美國專利申請公開2016/0070167A1號之段落[0627]~[0664]、美國專利申請公開2015/0004544A1號之段落[0095]~[0187]、美國專利申請公開2016/0237190A1號之段落[0403]~[0423]、及美國專利申請公開2016/0274458A1號之段落[0259]~[0328]中所揭示之公知的化合物作為酸擴散控制劑。In addition to the above, for example, known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0627] to [0664] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0095] to [0187] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1, and paragraphs [0259] to [0328] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1 can be preferably used as acid diffusion control agents.

當本發明之組成物中含有鹽(B)之外的酸擴散控制劑時,上述酸擴散控制劑的含量,相對於本發明之組成物的總固體成分,較佳為0.1~15.0質量%,更佳為0.5~15.0質量%。 鹽(B)之外的酸擴散控制劑,可以使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,較佳為其總含量在上述較佳含量範圍內。 When the composition of the present invention contains an acid diffusion controller other than salt (B), the content of the acid diffusion controller is preferably 0.1-15.0 mass %, more preferably 0.5-15.0 mass %, relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. One or more acid diffusion controllers other than salt (B) can be used. When two or more are used, it is preferred that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.

[疏水性樹脂] 本發明之組成物,可以進一步含有與樹脂(A)相異的疏水性樹脂。 疏水性樹脂較佳為設計成偏向存在於光阻膜之表面,但與界面活性劑相異,其分子內並非一定要具有親水基,亦可以無助於極性物質及非極性物質的均勻混合。 作為經添加疏水性樹脂而帶來的效果,可舉出控制光阻膜表面相對於水的靜態及動態之接觸角,以及抑制逸氣。 [Hydrophobic resin] The composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin different from the resin (A). The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be preferentially present on the surface of the photoresist film, but unlike the surfactant, it does not necessarily have a hydrophilic group in its molecule and may not contribute to the uniform mixing of polar and non-polar substances. As the effects brought about by the addition of the hydrophobic resin, the static and dynamic contact angles of the photoresist film surface relative to water and the suppression of outgassing can be cited.

從對膜表層偏在化之觀點而言,疏水性樹脂較佳為具有氟原子、矽原子、及包含於樹脂的側鏈部分之CH 3部分結構中之任一種以上,更佳為具有兩種以上。上述疏水性樹脂較佳為具有碳數5以上之烴基。此等基團可以存在於樹脂之主鏈中,亦可以於側鏈進行取代。 作為疏水性樹脂,可舉出國際公開第2020/004306號之段落[0275]~[0279]中所記載的化合物。 From the perspective of partial localization of the membrane surface, the hydrophobic resin preferably has one or more of fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and CH 3 partial structures contained in the side chain portion of the resin, and more preferably has two or more. The above-mentioned hydrophobic resin preferably has a alkyl group with a carbon number of 5 or more. These groups can exist in the main chain of the resin and can also be substituted in the side chain. As hydrophobic resins, compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of International Publication No. 2020/004306 can be cited.

當本發明之組成物含有疏水性樹脂時,疏水性樹脂的含量,相對於本發明之組成物的總固體成分,較佳為0.01~20.0質量%,更佳為0.1~15.0質量%。 疏水性樹脂可以使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,較佳為其總含量在上述較佳含量範圍內。 When the composition of the present invention contains a hydrophobic resin, the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 20.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. One or more hydrophobic resins may be used. When more than two are used, it is preferred that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.

[界面活性劑] 本發明之組成物可以含有界面活性劑。含有界面活性劑時,能夠形成密著性更優異、顯影缺陷更少的圖案。 界面活性劑較佳為氟系及/或矽系界面活性劑。 作為氟系及/或矽系界面活性劑,可舉出揭示於國際公開第2018/193954號之段落[0218]及[0219]中之界面活性劑。 [Surfactant] The composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. When the surfactant is contained, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed. The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant. As the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant, the surfactant disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954 can be cited.

當本發明之組成物包含界面活性劑時,界面活性劑的含量,相對於本發明之組成物的總固體成分,較佳為0.0001~2.0質量%,更佳為0.0005~1.0質量%,進一步較佳為0.1~1.0質量%。 界面活性劑可以使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,較佳為其總含量在上述較佳含量範圍內。 When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0 mass%, more preferably 0.0005 to 1.0 mass%, and further preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass%, relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. One surfactant may be used, or two or more surfactants may be used. When two or more surfactants are used, it is preferred that the total content thereof is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.

[溶劑] 本發明之組成物較佳為含有溶劑。 溶劑較佳為包含(M1)及(M2)中的至少一者,該(M1)為丙二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯,該(M2)為選自由丙二醇單烷基醚、乳酸酯、乙酸酯、烷氧基丙酸酯、鏈狀酮、環狀酮、內酯及碳酸伸烷基酯所組成之群組中的至少一者。此外,上述溶劑可以進一步包含成分(M1)及(M2)以外的成分。 [Solvent] The composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. The solvent preferably includes at least one of (M1) and (M2), wherein (M1) is propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate, acetate, alkoxypropionate, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone and alkyl carbonate. In addition, the above-mentioned solvent may further include components other than components (M1) and (M2).

從提高本發明之組成物的塗佈性和減少圖案的顯影缺陷數量的觀點而言,較佳為將上述溶劑與上述樹脂組合起來。由於上述樹脂的溶解性、沸點及粘度的平衡良好,上述溶劑能夠抑制光阻膜的膜厚不均及旋塗過程中產生析出物等。 成分(M1)及成分(M2)之詳細,記載於國際公開第2020/004306號之段落[0218]~[0226]中,此等內容併入本說明書中。 From the perspective of improving the coating properties of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of development defects of the pattern, it is preferred to combine the above-mentioned solvent with the above-mentioned resin. Since the solubility, boiling point and viscosity of the above-mentioned resin are well balanced, the above-mentioned solvent can suppress the uneven film thickness of the photoresist film and the generation of precipitates during the spin coating process. The details of component (M1) and component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of International Publication No. 2020/004306, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

當溶劑進一步含有成分(M1)及(M2)以外之成分時,成分(M1)及(M2)以外之成分的含量,相對於溶劑之總量,較佳為5~30質量%。When the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of the components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30 mass % relative to the total amount of the solvent.

本發明之組成物中的溶劑之含量,較佳為設定成使固體成分濃度成為0.5~30質量%,更佳為成為1~20質量%。如此,可進一步提高本發明之組成物的塗佈性。The content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably set so that the solid content concentration becomes 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. In this way, the coating property of the composition of the present invention can be further improved.

[其他添加劑] 本發明之組成物可以進一步含有溶解抑制化合物、染料、塑化劑、光增感劑、光吸收劑、及/或促進相對於顯影液的溶解性之化合物(例如,分子量1000以下之酚化合物、或含有羧基的脂環族或者脂肪族化合物)。 [Other additives] The composition of the present invention may further contain a dissolution inhibitor, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility relative to the developer (for example, a phenol compound with a molecular weight of less than 1000, or an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group).

上述「溶解抑制化合物」,係指藉由酸的作用分解而在有機系顯影液中的溶解度降低的、分子量3000以下的化合物。The above-mentioned "dissolution inhibiting compound" refers to a compound having a molecular weight of 3,000 or less, which is decomposed by the action of an acid and whose solubility in an organic developer solution is reduced.

本發明之組成物可較佳地用作EUV曝光用感光性組成物。 EUV光的波長為13.5nm,與ArF(波長193nm)光等相比,其波長更短,故以相同感度曝光時的入射光子數少。因此,在概率上光子數有偏差的「光子散粒雜訊」之影響較大,導致邊緣粗糙度(LER)惡化及橋接缺陷。為了減少光子散粒雜訊,有增加曝光量以增加入射光子數之方法,但與高感度化之要求具有權衡關係。 The composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a photosensitive composition for EUV exposure. The wavelength of EUV light is 13.5nm, which is shorter than ArF (wavelength 193nm) light, so the number of incident photons is small when exposed at the same sensitivity. Therefore, the influence of "photon shot noise" in which the number of photons is probabilistically biased is greater, resulting in deterioration of edge roughness (LER) and bridging defects. In order to reduce photon shot noise, there is a method of increasing the exposure amount to increase the number of incident photons, but it has a trade-off relationship with the requirement for high sensitivity.

由下述式(1)求出的A值高時,由光阻組成物形成的光阻膜的EUV光及電子束的吸收效率變高,可有效降低光子散粒雜訊。A值表示光阻膜的質量比的EUV光及電子束的吸收效率。 式(1):A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×3.6+[F]×5.6+[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5)/([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]×16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127) A值較佳為0.120以上。上限並無特別限制,但A值太大時,光阻膜的EUV光及電子束透過率會降低,光阻膜中的光學圖像輪廓劣化,結果難以得到良好的圖案形狀,因此較佳為0.240以下,更佳為0.220以下。 When the A value obtained by the following formula (1) is high, the absorption efficiency of EUV light and electron beam of the photoresist film formed by the photoresist composition becomes higher, which can effectively reduce the photon shot noise. The A value represents the absorption efficiency of EUV light and electron beam of the mass ratio of the photoresist film. Formula (1): A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×3.6+[F]×5.6+[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5)/([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]×16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127) The A value is preferably 0.120 or more. There is no particular upper limit, but when the A value is too large, the transmittance of the photoresist film to EUV light and electron beams will decrease, and the optical image profile in the photoresist film will deteriorate, making it difficult to obtain a good pattern shape. Therefore, it is preferably below 0.240, and more preferably below 0.220.

此外,式(1)中,[H]表示源自總固體成分的氫原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分之全部原子的莫耳比,[C]表示源自總固體成分的碳原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分之全部原子的莫耳比,[N]表示源自總固體成分的氮原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分之全部原子的莫耳比,[O]表示源自總固體成分的氧原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分之全部原子的莫耳比,[F]表示源自總固體成分的氟原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分之全部原子的莫耳比,[S]表示源自總固體成分的硫原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分之全部原子的莫耳比,[I]表示源自總固體成分的碘原子相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分之全部原子的莫耳比。 例如,當光阻組成物包含酸分解性樹脂、光酸產生劑、酸擴散控制劑及溶劑時,上述酸分解性樹脂、上述光酸產生劑及上述酸擴散控制劑相當於固體成分。亦即,總固體成分的全部原子相當於源自上述樹脂的全部原子、源自上述光酸產生劑的全部原子、及源自上述酸擴散控制劑的全部原子之總和。 例如,[H]表示源自總固體成分的氫原子相對於總固體成分之全部原子的莫耳比,若基於上述例進行說明,則[H]表示源自上述酸分解性樹脂的氫原子、源自上述光酸產生劑的氫原子、及源自上述酸擴散控制劑的氫原子之總和,相對於源自上述酸分解性樹脂的全部原子、源自上述光酸產生劑的全部原子、及源自上述酸擴散控制劑的全部原子之總和的莫耳比。 In formula (1), [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid components relative to the total atoms of the total solid components in the actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [C] represents the molar ratio of carbon atoms derived from the total solid components relative to the total atoms of the total solid components in the actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [N] represents the molar ratio of nitrogen atoms derived from the total solid components relative to the total atoms of the total solid components in the actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and [O] represents the molar ratio of oxygen atoms derived from the total solid components relative to the total atoms of the actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition. [F] represents the molar ratio of all atoms of the total solid components in the photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [S] represents the molar ratio of all atoms of the total solid components in the photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and [I] represents the molar ratio of all atoms of the total solid components in the photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. For example, when the photoresist composition contains an acid-decomposable resin, a photoacid generator, an acid diffusion control agent, and a solvent, the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator, and the acid diffusion control agent are equivalent to the solid component. That is, all the atoms of the total solid component are equivalent to the sum of all the atoms derived from the resin, all the atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all the atoms derived from the acid diffusion controller. For example, [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid component to all the atoms of the total solid component. If the above example is used for explanation, [H] represents the molar ratio of the sum of hydrogen atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, hydrogen atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and hydrogen atoms derived from the acid diffusion controller to the sum of all the atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, all the atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all the atoms derived from the acid diffusion controller.

A值的計算,在光阻組成物中的總固體成分的構成成分之結構及含量已知之情況下,可以藉由計算所含有的原子數比而算出。又,即使在構成成分未知之情況下,亦可針對使光阻組成物的溶劑成分蒸發而得到的光阻膜,藉由元素分析等分析方法計算出構成原子數比。The A value can be calculated by calculating the atomic ratio of the total solid components in the photoresist composition when the structure and content of the components are known. Even if the components are unknown, the atomic ratio of the components can be calculated by elemental analysis or other analytical methods for the photoresist film obtained by evaporating the solvent components of the photoresist composition.

<感光化射線性或感放射線性膜、圖案形成方法> 本發明涉及由本發明之組成物形成的感光化射線性或感放射線性膜。本發明之感光化射線性或感放射線性膜較佳為光阻膜。 使用本發明之組成物的圖案形成方法之步驟並無特別限制,較佳為具有以下製程。 製程1:使用本發明之組成物在基板上形成光阻膜之製程 製程2:對光阻膜進行曝光之製程 製程3:使用顯影液對曝光後的光阻膜進行顯影之製程 以下,將對上述各個製程之步驟進行詳細描述。 <Photosensitive radiation or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method> The present invention relates to a photosensitive radiation or radiation-sensitive film formed by the composition of the present invention. The photosensitive radiation or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is preferably a photoresist film. The steps of the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention are not particularly limited, and preferably have the following process. Process 1: Process of forming a photoresist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention Process 2: Process of exposing the photoresist film Process 3: Process of developing the exposed photoresist film using a developer The steps of each of the above processes will be described in detail below.

(製程1:光阻膜形成製程) 製程1係使用本發明之組成物在基板上形成光阻膜之製程 (Process 1: Photoresist film forming process) Process 1 is a process for forming a photoresist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention

作為使用本發明之組成物在基板上形成光阻膜之方法,例如,可舉出將本發明之組成物塗佈到基板上之方法。 此外,較佳為在塗佈之前視需要用過濾器過濾本發明之組成物。過濾器之孔徑較佳為0.1μm以下,更佳為0.05μm以下,進一步較佳為0.03μm以下。過濾器較佳為聚四氟乙烯製、聚乙烯製、或尼龍製。 As a method of forming a photoresist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention, for example, a method of coating the composition of the present invention on a substrate can be cited. In addition, it is preferred to filter the composition of the present invention with a filter as needed before coating. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and further preferably 0.03 μm or less. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.

本發明之組成物可藉由旋轉器或塗佈機等適當的塗佈方法塗佈到諸如用於製造積體電路元件的基板(例如,矽、二氧化矽塗層)上。塗佈方法較佳為使用旋轉器的旋轉塗佈。使用旋轉器進行旋轉塗佈時的旋轉速度較佳為1000~3000rpm(rotations per minute)。 在塗佈本發明之組成物之後,可以對基板進行乾燥,並形成光阻膜。此外,視需要,可以在光阻膜的下層形成各種基底膜(無機膜、有機膜、抗反射膜)。 The composition of the present invention can be applied to a substrate (e.g., silicon, silicon dioxide coating) used to manufacture integrated circuit components by an appropriate coating method such as a rotator or a coater. The coating method is preferably rotary coating using a rotator. The rotation speed when using a rotator for rotary coating is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute). After applying the composition of the present invention, the substrate can be dried and a photoresist film can be formed. In addition, various base films (inorganic films, organic films, anti-reflective films) can be formed on the lower layer of the photoresist film as needed.

作為乾燥方法,例如,可舉出藉由加熱進行乾燥之方法。加熱可藉由通常的曝光機及/或顯影機所具備之裝置實施,亦可以使用熱板等實施。加熱溫度較佳為80~150℃,更佳為80~140℃,進一步較佳為80~130℃。加熱時間較佳為30~1000秒鐘,更佳為60~800秒鐘,進一步較佳為60~600秒鐘。As a drying method, for example, a method of drying by heating can be cited. Heating can be implemented by a device equipped in a common exposure machine and/or developer, or can be implemented using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150° C., more preferably 80 to 140° C., and further preferably 80 to 130° C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, and further preferably 60 to 600 seconds.

光阻膜之膜厚並無特別限制,但從可形成更高精度的微細圖案之觀點而言,較佳為10~120nm。其中,在設為EUV曝光之情況下,作為光阻膜之膜厚,更佳為10~65nm,進一步較佳為15~50nm。在設為ArF浸漬曝光之情況下,作為光阻膜之膜厚,更佳為10~120nm,進一步較佳為15~90nm。The thickness of the photoresist film is not particularly limited, but from the perspective of forming a fine pattern with higher precision, it is preferably 10 to 120 nm. In the case of EUV exposure, the thickness of the photoresist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and more preferably 15 to 50 nm. In the case of ArF immersion exposure, the thickness of the photoresist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and more preferably 15 to 90 nm.

此外,可以使用頂塗層組成物在光阻膜的上層形成頂塗層。頂塗層組成物較佳為不與光阻膜混合,而且能夠均勻地塗佈於光阻膜上層。頂塗層並無特別限定,可藉由先前公知的方法來形成先前公知的頂塗層,例如,可根據日本特開2014-059543號公報之段落[0072]~[0082]中之記載來形成頂塗層。 例如,較佳為在感光化射線性或光阻膜上形成諸如日本特開2013-61648號公報中所記載的包含鹼性化合物之頂塗層。頂塗層所可能包含的鹼性化合物的具體例,可舉出本發明之組成物可以包含的鹼性化合物。 頂塗層亦較佳為包含含有至少一個選自由醚鍵、硫醚鍵、羥基、硫醇基、羰基鍵及酯鍵所組成之群組中的基團或鍵的化合物。 In addition, a top coating composition can be used to form a top coating on the upper layer of the photoresist film. The top coating composition is preferably not mixed with the photoresist film and can be uniformly coated on the upper layer of the photoresist film. The top coating is not particularly limited, and a previously known top coating can be formed by a previously known method. For example, the top coating can be formed according to the description in paragraphs [0072] to [0082] of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-059543. For example, it is preferred to form a top coating containing an alkaline compound such as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-61648 on a photosensitive radiation or photoresist film. Specific examples of alkaline compounds that may be contained in the top coating include alkaline compounds that may be contained in the composition of the present invention. The top coating is also preferably a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of ether bonds, thioether bonds, hydroxyl groups, thiol groups, carbonyl bonds and ester bonds.

(製程2:曝光製程) 製程2係對光阻膜進行曝光之製程。 作為曝光之方法,可舉出經由規定的遮罩對所形成的光阻膜照射光化射線或放射線之方法。 作為光化射線或放射線,可舉出紅外光、可見光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X射線、及電子束,較佳為250nm以下、更佳為220nm以下、1~200nm之波長的遠紫外光,具體而言,可舉出KrF準分子雷射(248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(193nm)、F 2準分子雷射(157nm)、EUV(13.5nm)、X射線、及電子束。 (Process 2: Exposure process) Process 2 is a process for exposing the photoresist film. As a method of exposure, a method of irradiating the formed photoresist film through a prescribed mask can be cited. As actinic rays or radiation, infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams can be cited. Far ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm and less is preferably less than 250 nm, more preferably less than 220 nm. Specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13.5 nm), X-rays, and electron beams can be cited.

較佳為在曝光後且進行顯影之前進行烘烤(加熱)。藉由烘烤可促進曝光部的反應,從而使感度及圖案形狀更加良好。 加熱溫度較佳為80~150℃,更佳為80~140℃,進一步較佳為80~130℃。 加熱時間較佳為10~1000秒鐘,更佳為10~180秒鐘,進一步較佳為30~120秒鐘。 加熱可藉由通常的曝光機及/或顯影機所具備之裝置實施,亦可以使用熱板等進行。 該製程亦稱為曝光後烘烤。 It is preferred to bake (heat) after exposure and before development. Baking can promote the reaction of the exposed part, thereby making the sensitivity and pattern shape better. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, and more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and more preferably 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be implemented by a device equipped in a conventional exposure machine and/or developer, or by using a hot plate, etc. This process is also called post-exposure baking.

(製程3:顯影製程) 製程3係使用顯影液,對曝光後的光阻膜進行顯影以形成圖案之製程。 顯影液可以為鹼性顯影液,亦可以為含有有機溶劑的顯影液(以下,亦稱為有機系顯影液)。 (Process 3: Development process) Process 3 is a process of using a developer to develop the exposed photoresist film to form a pattern. The developer can be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).

作為顯影方法,例如,可舉出將基板浸漬於填滿顯影液的槽中一定時間之方法(浸漬法)、藉由表面張力使顯影液堆積在基板表面並靜置一定時間從而進行顯影之方法(覆液法(puddle method))、向基板表面噴霧顯影液之方法(噴塗法)、及在以一定速度旋轉的基板上一邊以一定速度將顯影液噴出噴嘴進行掃描一邊持續噴出顯影液之方法(動態分配法)。 又,在進行顯影的製程之後,亦可以實施一邊置換為其他溶劑一邊停止顯影之製程。 顯影時間只要係使未曝光部的樹脂充分溶解的時間即可,並無特別限制,較佳為10~300秒鐘,更佳為20~120秒鐘。 顯影液的溫度較佳為0~50℃,更佳為15~35℃。 As developing methods, for example, there are a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with developer for a certain period of time (immersion method), a method of developing by accumulating developer on the substrate surface by surface tension and leaving it for a certain period of time (puddle method), a method of spraying developer onto the substrate surface (spraying method), and a method of continuously spraying developer while scanning the developer nozzle at a certain speed on a substrate rotating at a certain speed (dynamic dispensing method). In addition, after the development process, a process of stopping the development while replacing with another solvent can also be implemented. The developing time is not particularly limited as long as it is the time for the resin in the unexposed part to fully dissolve, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds. The temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.

鹼性顯影液,較佳為使用含有鹼之鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液之種類並無特別限制,例如,可舉出包含以四甲基氫氧化銨為代表的四級銨鹽、無機鹼、一級胺、二級胺、三級胺、醇胺、或環狀胺等的鹼性水溶液。其中,鹼性顯影液較佳為以四甲基氫氧化銨(TMAH)為代表的四級銨鹽的水溶液。可以向鹼性顯影液中添加適量的醇類、界面活性劑等。鹼性顯影液的鹼濃度通常較佳為0.1~20質量%。鹼性顯影液的pH通常較佳為10.0~15.0。The alkaline developer is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkali. The type of the alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited. For example, there can be cited alkaline aqueous solutions containing quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic bases, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. Among them, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Appropriate amounts of alcohols, surfactants, etc. can be added to the alkaline developer. The alkaline concentration of the alkaline developer is generally preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is generally preferably 10.0 to 15.0.

有機系顯影液較佳為含有選自由酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑、及烴系溶劑所組成之群組中的至少一種有機溶劑的顯影液。The organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.

上述溶劑可以混合複數種,亦可以與上述以外的溶劑或水混合。作為顯影液整體之含水率,較佳為小於50質量%,更佳為小於20質量%,進一步較佳為小於10質量%,特佳為實質上不含水。 有機溶劑相對於有機系顯影液的含量,相對於顯影液的總量,較佳為50質量%以上且100質量%以下,更佳為80質量%以上且100質量%以下,進一步較佳為90質量%以上且100質量%以下,特佳為95質量%以上且100質量%以下。 The above solvents may be mixed in multiple forms, or may be mixed with solvents other than the above or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, further preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water. The content of the organic solvent relative to the organic developer, relative to the total amount of the developer, is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, further preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.

(其他製程) 上述圖案形成方法較佳為在製程3之後包括用沖洗液清洗之製程。 (Other processes) The above pattern forming method is preferably a process including cleaning with a rinse solution after process 3.

作為在用鹼性顯影液顯影的製程之後的沖洗製程中所使用的沖洗液,例如,可舉出純水。此外,可以在純水中添加適量的界面活性劑。 亦可以在沖洗液中添加適量的界面活性劑。 As a rinse liquid used in a rinse process after a process of developing with an alkaline developer, for example, pure water can be cited. In addition, an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to pure water. An appropriate amount of a surfactant can also be added to the rinse liquid.

在使用有機系顯影液之顯影製程後的沖洗製程中所使用的沖洗液,只要係不溶解圖案者即可,並無特別限制,可使用包含一般有機溶劑之溶液。沖洗液較佳為使用含有選自由烴系溶劑、酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及醚系溶劑所組成之群組中的至少一種有機溶劑的沖洗液。The rinse solution used in the rinse process after the development process using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. The rinse solution is preferably a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.

沖洗製程之方法並無特別限定,例如,可舉出向以一定速度旋轉的基板上持續噴出沖洗液之方法(旋轉塗佈法)、將基板浸漬於充滿沖洗液的槽中一定時間之方法(浸漬法)、及向基板表面噴霧沖洗液之方法(噴塗法)。 又,圖案形成方法可以在沖洗製程之後包括加熱製程(Post Bake)。藉由本製程,殘留於圖案間及圖案內部的顯影液及沖洗液藉由烘烤而被去除。又,藉由本製程,亦具有使光阻圖案退火、圖案的表面粗糙度得到改善之效果。沖洗製程之後的加熱製程通常在40~250℃(較佳為90~200℃)下、通常進行10秒鐘~3分鐘(較佳為30秒鐘~120秒鐘)。 The method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited. For example, there can be cited a method of continuously spraying a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a certain speed (spin coating method), a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with a rinsing liquid for a certain period of time (immersion method), and a method of spraying the rinsing liquid onto the surface of the substrate (spray coating method). In addition, the pattern forming method can include a heating process (Post Bake) after the rinsing process. Through this process, the developer and rinsing liquid remaining between and inside the patterns are removed by baking. In addition, through this process, it also has the effect of annealing the photoresist pattern and improving the surface roughness of the pattern. The heating process after the rinsing process is usually carried out at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).

又,可以將所形成之圖案作為遮罩,實施基板的蝕刻處理。亦即,可以將製程3中所形成之圖案作為遮罩,對基板(或下層膜及基板)進行加工,并在基板上形成圖案。 基板(或下層膜及基板)之加工方法並無特別限定,較佳為將製程3中所形成之圖案作為遮罩,藉由對基板(或下層膜及基板)進行乾式蝕刻,以在基板上形成圖案之方法。乾式蝕刻較佳為氧電漿蝕刻。 Furthermore, the formed pattern can be used as a mask to perform etching processing on the substrate. That is, the pattern formed in process 3 can be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) and form a pattern on the substrate. The processing method of the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) is not particularly limited. It is preferably a method of using the pattern formed in process 3 as a mask to dry-etch the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate. Dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.

本發明之組成物及圖案形成方法中所使用的各種材料(例如,溶劑、顯影液、沖洗液、抗反射膜形成用組成物、頂塗層形成用組成物等)較佳為不含有金屬等雜質。此等材料中所包含的雜質含量較佳為1質量ppm(parts per million)以下,更佳為10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下,進一步較佳為100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下,特佳為10質量ppt以下,最佳為1質量ppt以下。下限並無特別限制,較佳為0質量ppt以上。在此,作為金屬雜質,例如,可舉出Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W及Zn。The various materials used in the composition and pattern forming method of the present invention (e.g., solvent, developer, rinse solution, anti-reflection film forming composition, top coating forming composition, etc.) preferably do not contain impurities such as metals. The impurity content contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, further preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more. Here, as metal impurities, for example, Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W and Zn can be cited.

作為從各種材料中去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如,可舉出使用過濾器進行過濾之方法。在國際公開第2020/004306號之段落[0321]中記載了使用過濾器進行過濾的細節。As a method for removing impurities such as metal from various materials, for example, a method of filtering using a filter can be cited. Details of filtering using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.

作為減少各種材料中所包含的金屬等雜質之方法,例如,可舉出選擇金屬含量少的原料作為構成各種材料的原料之方法、對構成各種材料的原料進行過濾器過濾之方法、及利用TEFLON(註冊商標)在裝置內形成內襯等而在儘可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾之方法等。As methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials, for example, there are methods of selecting raw materials with a low metal content as raw materials constituting various materials, methods of filtering the raw materials constituting various materials through a filter, and methods of performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible by forming an inner lining in an apparatus using TEFLON (registered trademark), etc.

除了過濾器過濾之外,還可以利用吸附材料去除雜質,亦可以將過濾器過濾和吸附材料組合使用。作為吸附材料,可使用公知的吸附材料,例如,可使用矽膠及沸石等無機系吸附材料、以及活性碳等有機系吸附材料。為了減少上述各種材料中所包含的金屬等雜質,需要在製造製程中防止金屬雜質的混入。關於金屬雜質是否已從製造裝置中充分去除,可藉由測定用於清洗製造裝置的清洗液中所包含的金屬成分之含量來確認。使用後的清洗液中所包含的金屬成分的含量較佳為100質量ppt以下,更佳為10質量ppt以下,進一步較佳為1質量ppt以下。下限並無特別限制,較佳為0質量ppt以上。In addition to filtering with a filter, impurities can also be removed by using an adsorbent material, or a combination of filtering with a filter and an adsorbent material can be used. As the adsorbent material, a known adsorbent material can be used, for example, inorganic adsorbent materials such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbent materials such as activated carbon can be used. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the above-mentioned materials, it is necessary to prevent the mixing of metal impurities in the manufacturing process. Whether the metal impurities have been fully removed from the manufacturing device can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning solution used to clean the manufacturing device. The content of metal components contained in the cleaning solution after use is preferably less than 100 mass ppt, more preferably less than 10 mass ppt, and further preferably less than 1 mass ppt. There is no special restriction on the lower limit, and it is preferably greater than 0 mass ppt.

沖洗液等有機系處理液中,可以添加導電性化合物,以防止伴隨靜電帶電及隨後產生的靜電放電,藥液配管及各種部件(過濾器、O型環、及管等)出現故障。導電性化合物並無特別限制,例如,可舉出甲醇。添加量並無特別限制,但從維持較佳顯影特性或沖洗特性之觀點而言,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以下。下限並無特別限制,較佳為0.01質量%以上。 作為藥液配管,例如,可使用SUS(不銹鋼)、或塗覆有已施加防帶電處理的聚乙烯、聚丙烯或者氟樹脂(聚四氟乙烯或全氟烷氧基樹脂等)之各種配管。同樣,對於過濾器及O型環,亦可使用已施加防帶電處理的聚乙烯、聚丙烯或氟樹脂(聚四氟乙烯或全氟烷氧基樹脂等)。 Conductive compounds can be added to organic treatment liquids such as rinse liquids to prevent malfunctions of liquid piping and various components (filters, O-rings, and tubes, etc.) due to electrostatic charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. There is no particular restriction on the conductive compound, and methanol can be cited as an example. There is no particular restriction on the amount of addition, but from the perspective of maintaining better developing characteristics or rinse characteristics, it is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less. There is no particular restriction on the lower limit, and it is preferably 0.01% by mass or more. As liquid piping, for example, SUS (stainless steel) or various piping coated with polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene or perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) that has been treated with anti-static treatment can be used. Similarly, for filters and O-rings, polyethylene, polypropylene or fluororesins (polytetrafluoroethylene or perfluoroalkoxy resins, etc.) that have been treated with antistatic agents can also be used.

<電子器件之製造方法> 本說明書還涉及包含上述圖案形成方法的電子器件之製造方法、及藉由該製造方法製造的電子器件。 作為本說明書之電子器件的較佳態樣,可舉出搭載於電氣電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation,辦公自動化)、媒體相關機器、光學用機器及通信機器等)之態樣。 [實施例] <Method for manufacturing electronic device> This specification also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the above-mentioned pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method. As a preferred embodiment of the electronic device of this specification, an embodiment mounted on an electrical or electronic device (home appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related devices, optical devices, and communication devices, etc.) can be cited. [Example]

以下基於實施例對本發明進行更詳細的說明。以下的實施例中所示的材料、使用量、比率、處理內容及處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明之主旨,可以適當地變更。因此,本發明之範圍不應被如下所示之實施例限定性地解釋。The present invention is described in more detail below based on the embodiments. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents and processing steps shown in the following embodiments can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the main purpose of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be interpreted in a restrictive manner by the embodiments shown below.

以下示出使用實施例及比較例的光阻組成物的各種成分。Various components of the photoresist composition used in the examples and comparative examples are shown below.

<樹脂(A)> 作為樹脂(A),使用了A-1~A-15。又,作為樹脂(A)以外的樹脂,使用了AX-1~AX-4。為方便起見,在下述表1中AX-1~AX-4亦記載於樹脂(A)欄中。 以下示出A-1~A-15、AX-1~AX-4之結構。下述重複單元之含有比率(相對於樹脂中之所有重複單元之含量)為莫耳比。 藉由GPC(載體:四氫呋喃(THF))測定了(聚苯乙烯換算量)樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)及分散度(Pd=Mw/Mn)。又,重複單元之含量藉由 13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance,核磁共振)測定。 A-1~A-15、AX-1~AX-4係酸分解性樹脂。 <Resin (A)> As resin (A), A-1 to A-15 were used. Moreover, as resins other than resin (A), AX-1 to AX-4 were used. For convenience, AX-1 to AX-4 are also shown in the column of Resin (A) in Table 1 below. The structures of A-1 to A-15 and AX-1 to AX-4 are shown below. The content ratio of the following repeating units (relative to the content of all repeating units in the resin) is a molar ratio. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the dispersion degree (Pd = Mw/Mn) of the resin (polystyrene equivalent) were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)). Moreover, the content of the repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance). A-1 to A-15, AX-1 to AX-4 are acid-degradable resins.

[化學式48] [Chemical formula 48]

[化學式49] [Chemical formula 49]

[化學式50] [Chemical formula 50]

[化學式51] [Chemical formula 51]

以下示出A-1的合成例。其他樹脂(A)亦同樣地合成。The synthesis example of A-1 is shown below. Other resins (A) were synthesized in the same manner.

(A-1的合成)(Synthesis of A-1)

[化學式52] [Chemical formula 52]

(A-1的合成) 在氮氣流下將環己酮(59g)加熱至85℃。在該液體中一邊攪拌一邊滴加AS-1(63.3g)、4-乙烯基苯酚(27.0g)、環己酮(109.3g)、及2,2’-偶氮二異丁酸二甲酯〔V-601、富士軟片和光純藥公司製〕(7.14g)的混合溶液3小時,得到反應液。滴加結束後,將反應液在85℃下進一步攪拌3小時。將得到的反應液放置冷卻後,用4200g的乙酸乙酯/庚烷(質量比1:9)進行再沈殿,然後進行過濾,將得到的固體進行真空乾燥,由此得到了A-1(75.9g)。 (Synthesis of A-1) Cyclohexanone (59 g) was heated to 85°C under a nitrogen flow. A mixed solution of AS-1 (63.3 g), 4-vinylphenol (27.0 g), cyclohexanone (109.3 g), and dimethyl 2,2'-azobisisobutyrate [V-601, manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.] (7.14 g) was added dropwise to the liquid while stirring for 3 hours to obtain a reaction solution. After the addition was completed, the reaction solution was further stirred at 85°C for 3 hours. The obtained reaction solution was allowed to cool, and then reprecipitated with 4200 g of ethyl acetate/heptane (mass ratio 1:9), filtered, and the obtained solid was vacuum dried to obtain A-1 (75.9 g).

<鹽(B)> 作為鹽(B),使用了B-1~B-10。以下示出B-1~B-10之結構。 <Salt (B)> B-1 to B-10 were used as salt (B). The structures of B-1 to B-10 are shown below.

[化學式53] [Chemical formula 53]

下述B-1H~B-10H係從B-1~B-10產生的酸(B-1~B-10的陰離子的共軛酸)。以下示出B-1H~B-10H之結構和pKa。B-1H to B-10H are acids generated from B-1 to B-10 (conjugated acids of anions of B-1 to B-10). The structures and pKa of B-1H to B-10H are shown below.

[化學式54] [Chemical formula 54]

<鹽(C)> 作為鹽(C),使用了C-1~C-6。以下示出C-1~C-6之結構。 <Salt (C)> As salt (C), C-1 to C-6 were used. The structures of C-1 to C-6 are shown below.

[化學式55] [Chemical formula 55]

下述C-1H~C-6H係從C-1~C-6產生的酸。以下示出C-1H~C-6H之結構和pKa。The following C-1H to C-6H are acids generated from C-1 to C-6. The structures and pKa of C-1H to C-6H are shown below.

[化學式56] [Chemical formula 56]

<酸擴散控制劑> 作為酸擴散控制劑使用了D-1~D-4。 <Acid diffusion control agent> D-1 to D-4 were used as acid diffusion control agents.

[化學式57] [Chemical formula 57]

<疏水性樹脂> 作為疏水性樹脂使用了P-1。 <Hydrophobic resin> P-1 was used as the hydrophobic resin.

[化學式58] [Chemical formula 58]

<界面活性劑> 以下示出所使用的界面活性劑。 W-1:MEGAFAC F176(大日本油墨化學工業(股)製;氟系) W-2:MEGAFAC R08(大日本油墨化學工業(股)製;氟及矽系) W-3:聚矽氧烷聚合物KP-341(信越化學工業(股)製;矽系) W-4:Troysol S-366(特洛伊化學品(Troy Chemical)(股)製) W-5:KH-20(旭硝子(股)製) W-6:PolyFox PF-6320(歐諾法溶液公司(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.)製;氟系) <Surfactant> The surfactants used are shown below. W-1: MEGAFAC F176 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Co., Ltd.; fluorine-based) W-2: MEGAFAC R08 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Co., Ltd.; fluorine- and silicone-based) W-3: Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; silicone-based) W-4: Troysol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.) W-5: KH-20 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) W-6: PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.; fluorine-based)

<溶劑> 以下示出所使用的溶劑。 SL-1:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) SL-2:丙二醇單甲醚丙酸酯 SL-3:2-庚酮 SL-4:乳酸乙酯 SL-5:丙二醇單甲醚(PGME) SL-6:環己酮 SL-7:γ-丁內脂 SL-8:碳酸丙烯酯 <Solvent> The solvents used are shown below. SL-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) SL-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate SL-3: 2-heptanone SL-4: Ethyl lactate SL-5: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) SL-6: Cyclohexanone SL-7: γ-butyrolactone SL-8: Propylene carbonate

<光阻組成物之製備> 使用表1所示的質量(g)將表1所示的成分溶解於表1所示的溶劑中,製備固體成分濃度2.5質量%的溶液,並將該溶液用具有0.02μm孔徑的聚乙烯過濾器進行過濾,由此得到光阻組成物Re-1~Re-19、Re-1R~Re-5R。關於溶劑,將所使用的化合物的種類及其質量比記載於表1中。 表1中,當使用了兩種以上各成分時,用「/」隔開表示各成分的種類和用量。例如,光阻組成物Re-16中「A-6/A-12」表示使用了A-6和A-12這兩種作為樹脂(A),「5/5」表示A-6和A-12各使用了5g。 <Preparation of photoresist composition> The components shown in Table 1 were dissolved in the solvents shown in Table 1 using the mass (g) shown in Table 1 to prepare a solution with a solid content concentration of 2.5 mass%, and the solution was filtered with a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.02 μm, thereby obtaining photoresist compositions Re-1 to Re-19, Re-1R to Re-5R. Regarding the solvent, the types of compounds used and their mass ratios are shown in Table 1. In Table 1, when two or more components are used, the types and amounts of the components are separated by "/". For example, in the photoresist composition Re-16, "A-6/A-12" means that both A-6 and A-12 are used as the resin (A), and "5/5" means that 5 g of each of A-6 and A-12 are used.

[表1] [Table 1]

<光阻組成物之塗設> 使用東京電子(Tokyo Electron)製造的旋塗機Mark8將製備好的光阻組成物塗佈於預先用六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)處理過的6英吋Si(矽)晶圓上,並於熱板上在130℃下乾燥300秒鐘,得到了膜厚100nm的光阻膜。 在此,1英吋為0.0254m。 此外,將上述Si晶圓改換為鉻基板亦能夠得到同樣的結果。 <Coating of photoresist composition> The prepared photoresist composition was coated on a 6-inch Si (silicon) wafer that had been treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and dried on a hot plate at 130°C for 300 seconds to obtain a photoresist film with a thickness of 100nm. Here, 1 inch is 0.0254m. In addition, the same result can be obtained by replacing the above Si wafer with a chromium substrate.

<圖案形成方法(1):EB曝光,鹼顯影(正型)> 使用電子束描繪裝置((股)Advantest製;F7000S、加速電壓50keV),對上述所獲得之塗佈有光阻膜的晶圓進行圖案照射。電子束描繪後,在100℃下於加熱板上加熱60秒鐘,使用2.38質量%四甲基氫氧化銨(TMAH)水溶液浸漬60秒鐘之後,用水沖洗30秒鐘並乾燥。然後,以4000rpm的轉速使晶圓旋轉30秒鐘之後,於95℃下烘烤60秒鐘進行乾燥。 <Pattern formation method (1): EB exposure, alkaline development (positive type)> Use an electron beam drawing device (Advantest; F7000S, accelerating voltage 50keV) to pattern the wafer coated with the photoresist film obtained above. After electron beam drawing, heat it on a heating plate at 100°C for 60 seconds, immerse it in a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, rinse it with water for 30 seconds and dry it. Then, rotate the wafer at 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, and bake it at 95°C for 60 seconds to dry it.

[評價] 〔感度〕 使用掃描電子顯微鏡(日立製作所公司製S-9380II)觀察了所獲得的圖案的截面形狀。將對線寬50nm的1:1線與空間的光阻圖案進行解析時的曝光量設為感度(Eop)。該值越小,感度越高。 [Evaluation] 〔Sensitivity〕 The cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The exposure amount when analyzing the photoresist pattern with a line width of 50nm and a 1:1 line and space was defined as the sensitivity (Eop). The smaller the value, the higher the sensitivity.

〔LWR性能〕 針對用表示上述感度(Eop)的曝光量解析的線寬50nm(1:1)的線與空間的圖案,使用測長掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM((股)日立製作所製S-9380II))從圖案上方進行了觀察。於任意點觀察圖案的線寬,並求出其標準偏差(σ)。以3σ評價線寬的測定偏差,並將3σ的值設為LWR(nm)。LWR值越小,LWR性能越良好。 [LWR performance] A line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm (1:1) analyzed with the exposure amount representing the above sensitivity (Eop) was observed from above using a scanning electron microscope (SEM (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)). The line width of the pattern was observed at any point, and its standard deviation (σ) was calculated. The measured deviation of the line width was evaluated with 3σ, and the value of 3σ was set as LWR (nm). The smaller the LWR value, the better the LWR performance.

〔缺陷抑制性能〕 對在上述感度(Eop)下形成的線寬50nm之1:1線與空間圖案,使用科磊(KLA Tencor)公司製的缺陷檢查裝置KLA2360,將缺陷檢查裝置的像素尺寸設定為0.16μm,且將閾值設定為20,並以隨機模式進行測定,檢測從藉由比較圖像與像素單位的疊加而產生之差異抽取的顯影缺陷,並計算每單位面積(1cm 2)的顯影缺陷數。將值小於0.5者設為A、0.5以上且小於0.7者設為B、0.7以上且小於1.0者設為C、1.0以上者設為D。該值越小表示性能越良好。 [Defect suppression performance] For a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50nm formed at the above sensitivity (Eop), a defect inspection device KLA2360 manufactured by KLA Tencor was used. The pixel size of the defect inspection device was set to 0.16μm, and the threshold was set to 20. The measurement was performed in random mode. The development defects extracted from the difference generated by the superposition of the comparison image and pixel units were detected, and the number of development defects per unit area ( 1cm2 ) was calculated. A value less than 0.5 was set as A, 0.5 or more and less than 0.7 was set as B, 0.7 or more and less than 1.0 was set as C, and 1.0 or more was set as D. The smaller the value, the better the performance.

〔疏密依存性〕 在圖1的10μm見方的區域1中電子束描繪線寬50nm的1:1線與空間圖案,在100℃下於加熱板上加熱60秒鐘,顯影之後,將形成線寬50nm的1:1線與空間的感度設為D。 在圖2的10μm見方的區域2中電子束描繪線寬50nm的1:1線與空間圖案,進一步,在區域2之周圍40μm見方的區域3的整個表面進行電子束描繪,在100℃下於加熱板上加熱60秒鐘,顯影之後,將在區域2中形成線寬50nm的1:1線與空間的感度設為B。 將感度之比即D/B用作疏密依存性的評價指標。D/B的值越小,表示疏密依存性越小,性能越良好。 [Density dependence] In the 10μm square area 1 of Figure 1, an electron beam was used to draw a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50nm. After heating on a hot plate at 100℃ for 60 seconds, the sensitivity of forming a 1:1 line and space with a line width of 50nm was set to D. In the 10μm square area 2 of Figure 2, an electron beam was used to draw a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50nm. Furthermore, electron beam drawing was performed on the entire surface of the 40μm square area 3 around the area 2. After heating on a hot plate at 100℃ for 60 seconds, the sensitivity of forming a 1:1 line and space with a line width of 50nm in the area 2 was set to B. The sensitivity ratio, D/B, was used as an evaluation index for density dependence. The smaller the D/B value is, the smaller the density dependence is and the better the performance is.

下述表2示出了每個實施例及比較例中所使用的光阻組成物和每個實施例及比較例的結果。Table 2 below shows the photoresist composition used in each example and comparative example and the results of each example and comparative example.

[表2] [Table 2]

從表2中的結果可知,實施例中所使用的光阻組成物,其疏密依存性、LWR性能及缺陷抑制性能優異。比較例5的疏密依存性比實施例差,但推測這是因為所使用的AX-4對於顯影液的溶解性高,及AX-4脫保護後的樹脂對於顯影液的溶解性過高之緣故。 [產業上之可利用性] From the results in Table 2, it can be seen that the photoresist composition used in the embodiment has excellent density dependence, LWR performance and defect suppression performance. The density dependence of Comparative Example 5 is worse than that of the embodiment, but it is speculated that this is because the AX-4 used has high solubility in the developer and the resin after AX-4 deprotection has too high solubility in the developer. [Industrial Applicability]

根據本發明,可提供一種疏密依存性、LWR性能及缺陷抑制性能優異的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物。 又,根據本發明,可提供一種使用上述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的感光化射線性或感放射線性膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件之製造方法。 According to the present invention, a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having excellent density dependence, LWR performance and defect suppression performance can be provided. In addition, according to the present invention, a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device using the above-mentioned photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition can be provided.

儘管詳細地且參照特定實施態樣對本發明進行了說明,但對於本領域技術人員而言,顯而易見地能夠在不脫離本發明之精神和範圍之情況下進行各種改變和修改。 本申請係基於2022年7月29日提交的日本專利申請(特願2022-122351)之申請,其內容作為參照併入本說明書中。 Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it is obvious to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. This application is based on a Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-122351) filed on July 29, 2022, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification as a reference.

1:區域1 2:區域2 3:區域3 1: Area 1 2: Area 2 3: Area 3

圖1係表示在疏密依存性的評價中形成圖案的區域周圍的曝光量較少的情況(稀疏的情況)下求出感度D時的曝光區域的示意圖。 圖2係表示在疏密依存性的評價中形成圖案的區域周圍的曝光量較多的情況(緻密的情況)下求出感度B時的曝光區域的示意圖。 FIG1 is a schematic diagram showing the exposure area when the sensitivity D is calculated when the exposure amount around the area where the pattern is formed in the evaluation of density dependence is small (sparse case). FIG2 is a schematic diagram showing the exposure area when the sensitivity B is calculated when the exposure amount around the area where the pattern is formed in the evaluation of density dependence is large (dense case).

without

Claims (11)

一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其含有包含藉由酸的作用分解而極性增大之基團的樹脂(A)和鹽(B), 所述樹脂(A)包含選自由下述通式(S1)表示的重複單元及由下述通式(S2)表示的重複單元所組成之群組中的至少一種重複單元和具有極性基的重複單元, 所述鹽(B)係由下述通式(T1)表示的化合物, [化學式1] 通式(S1)中,Ra 1~Ra 3分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基, La 1表示單鍵或二價的連結基, Ra 4~Ra 6分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、芳烷基或烯基,Ra 4~Ra 6中的兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環, Ra 0表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、烷氧基、醯氧基、烷氧基羰基、鹵素原子或氰基,當存在複數個Ra 0時,複數個Ra 0可以相同,亦可以不同, Ra 1~Ra 3、La 1及Ra 0中的兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環, na表示0~4的整數,ma表示0~2的整數, 通式(S2)中,Ra 7~Ra 9分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基, La 2表示單鍵或二價的連結基, Ara表示芳香環基, Ra 10~Ra 12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳香族雜環基、芳烷基、烷氧基、環烷氧基或烯基, Ra 10~Ra 12中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環, Ra 9~Ra 12中的至少一個可以與Ara鍵結, [化學式2] 通式(T1)中,Arb表示芳香環,所述芳香環可以具有取代基, Q表示酸的殘基, 通式(T1)中的陰離子係pKa為-1~9的酸的共軛鹼, Rb 1表示-OH、-ORb 2、-NRb 3Rb 4、-SH或-SRb 5,複數個Rb 1可以相同,亦可以不同, Rb 2表示烷基、芳基或醯基, Rb 3及Rb 4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或醯基, Rb 5表示烷基、芳基或醯基, Rb 2~Rb 5中的至少兩個可以相互鍵結而形成環,當Arb具有取代基時,所述取代基和Rb 2~Rb 5中的至少一個可以鍵結而形成環, Lb 1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,Lb 1可以以取代包含於Rb 1中的氫原子的形式與Rb 1鍵結而形成環,Lb 1可以與Rb 2~Rb 5中的至少一個鍵結而形成環,當Arb具有取代基時,該取代基可以與Lb 1鍵結而形成環, p表示2~5的整數, G m+表示m價的有機陽離子,m表示1以上的整數。 An actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin (A) containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by an acid, and a salt (B), wherein the resin (A) contains at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (S1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (S2) and a repeating unit having a polar group, and the salt (B) is a compound represented by the following general formula (T1), [Chemical Formula 1] In the general formula (S1), Ra 1 to Ra 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group, La 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group, and two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, Ra 0 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom or a cyano group, and when there are plural Ra 0 groups, the plural Ra 0 groups may be the same or different, and two of Ra 1 to Ra 3 , La 1 and Ra 0 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, na represents an integer from 0 to 4, ma represents an integer from 0 to 2, in general formula (S2), Ra 7 to Ra 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group, La 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Ara represents an aromatic cyclic group, Ra 10 to Ra 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group or an alkenyl group, at least two of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, at least one of Ra 9 to Ra 12 may be bonded to Ara, [Chemical Formula 2] In the general formula (T1), Arb represents an aromatic ring, which may have a substituent, Q represents an acid residue, the anion in the general formula (T1) is a conjugated base of an acid having a pKa of -1 to 9, Rb1 represents -OH, -ORb2 , -NRb3Rb4 , -SH or -SRb5 , and a plurality of Rb1s may be the same or different, Rb2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group, Rb3 and Rb4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group, Rb5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group, at least two of Rb2 to Rb5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and when Arb has a substituent, the substituent and at least one of Rb2 to Rb5 may be bonded to form a ring, Lb wherein Arb1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Lb1 may be bonded to Rb1 to form a ring in the form of replacing a hydrogen atom contained in Rb1 , Lb1 may be bonded to at least one of Rb2 to Rb5 to form a ring, and when Arb has a substituent, the substituent may be bonded to Lb1 to form a ring, p represents an integer of 2 to 5, Gm+ represents an m-valent organic cation, and m represents an integer greater than 1. 如請求項1所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,具有所述極性基的重複單元為由下述通式(S3)表示的重複單元, [化學式3] 通式(S3)中,R 101、R 102及R 103分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基,R 102可以與Ar A鍵結而形成環,在這種情況下之R 102表示單鍵或伸烷基, L A表示單鍵或二價的連結基, Ar A表示芳香環基, k表示1~5的整數。 The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as claimed in claim 1, wherein the repeating unit having the polar group is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (S3): [Chemical Formula 3] In the general formula (S3), R101 , R102 and R103 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group, R102 may bond with ArA to form a ring, in which case R102 represents a single bond or an alkylene group, LA represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, ArA represents an aromatic cyclic group, and k represents an integer from 1 to 5. 如請求項1所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,所述通式(T1)中的陰離子係pKa為0~7的酸的共軛鹼。The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in claim 1, wherein the anion in the general formula (T1) is a conjugated base of an acid having a pKa of 0 to 7. 如請求項1所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,所述通式(T1)中的Rb 1中的至少一個為-OH。 The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in claim 1, wherein at least one of the Rb1 in the general formula (T1) is -OH. 如請求項1所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,所述通式(T1)中的Q為羧酸根陰離子基。The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in claim 1, wherein Q in the general formula (T1) is a carboxylate anion group. 如請求項1所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其進一步含有藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而產生酸的鹽(C),所述鹽(C)為與所述鹽(B)相異之化合物,具有藉由酸的作用分解的基團。The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in claim 1 further contains a salt (C) that generates an acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, wherein the salt (C) is a compound different from the salt (B) and has a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid. 如請求項6所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,所述鹽(C)為由下述通式(U1)表示的化合物, [化學式4] 通式(U1)中,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基,當存在複數個L時,複數個L可以相同,亦可以不同, A表示藉由酸的作用分解的基團,當存在複數個A時,複數個A可以相同,亦可以不同, n表示1~5的整數, X表示n+1價的連結基, M +表示鋶離子或碘鎓離子。 The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in claim 6, wherein the salt (C) is a compound represented by the following general formula (U1): [Chemical Formula 4] In the general formula (U1), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. When there are plural Ls, the plural Ls may be the same or different. A represents a group decomposed by the action of an acid. When there are plural A, the plural A may be the same or different. n represents an integer of 1 to 5. X represents an n+1-valent linking group. M + represents a coronium ion or an iodonium ion. 如請求項7所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,所述鹽(C)為由下述通式(U2)表示的化合物, [化學式5] 通式(U2)中,L、A、n及M +分別表示與通式(U1)中的L、A、n及M +相同含義。 The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in claim 7, wherein the salt (C) is a compound represented by the following general formula (U2): [Chemical Formula 5] In the general formula (U2), L, A, n and M + have the same meanings as L, A, n and M + in the general formula (U1), respectively. 一種感光化射線性或感放射線性膜,其使用請求項1至8中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成。An actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is formed using the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in any one of claims 1 to 8. 一種圖案形成方法,其包括如下製程: 使用請求項1至8中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物形成光阻膜之光阻膜形成製程; 對所述光阻膜進行曝光之曝光製程;以及 使用顯影液對曝光後的所述光阻膜進行顯影之顯影製程。 A pattern forming method, comprising the following processes: A photoresist film forming process of forming a photoresist film using the photosensitive ray or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in any one of claims 1 to 8; An exposure process of exposing the photoresist film; and A developing process of developing the exposed photoresist film using a developer. 一種電子器件之製造方法,其包括請求項10所述之圖案形成方法。A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method described in claim 10.
TW112128172A 2022-07-29 2023-07-27 Actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device TW202414090A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-122351 2022-07-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202414090A true TW202414090A (en) 2024-04-01

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN115997167A (en) Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound
KR20240019274A (en) Pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film
CN117063122A (en) Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022172689A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202340276A (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
TW202340132A (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and production method for electronic device
JP7434592B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
TW202323231A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR20240040785A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
TW202314382A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for producing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, resin, and method for producing resin
TW202414090A (en) Actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2024024691A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern-forming method, and production method for electronic device
WO2024024669A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202413536A (en) Photosensitive radiation or radiation sensitive resin composition, photosensitive radiation or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method and manufacturing method of electronic device
TW202413462A (en) Photosensitive radiation or radiation sensitive resin composition, photosensitive radiation or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2024101378A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024048464A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024111511A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2024080200A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202411275A (en) Photosensitive radiation or radiation sensitive resin composition, photosensitive radiation or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device
TW202244614A (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device
TW202311215A (en) Method for producing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic element, and method for producing onium salt comprising an onium salt containing an anion having a pKa of conjugate acid of 2.0 or more and having excellent LWR performance after etching
TW202342439A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202340163A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202413460A (en) Photosensitive radiation or radiation sensitive resin composition, photosensitive radiation or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device